You are on page 1of 160

KIN LONG reserves the right to modify the catalogues and products.

If there is change, sorry for no notice.


May

Door Control Hardware Typical Product Catalogue

Typical Product Catalogue


Door Control Hardware
Check List for New and Old Code Number

Specification of the Product Code Change


No. Product category New Name Old Name New Code. Old Code.

Floor hinge Floor Hinge BDH HD/HDF


1 Floor Hinge
Floor hinge accessories Floor Hinge Accessories BDP DS/DX/DY

Door closer Door closer BBM YB/B/BZ


2 Door Closer
Door closer accessories Door Closer Accessories BBP BZJ


一、Specification
Door patch series 100Kg series —

Short Patch/Bending Patch


Door patch series 100Kg series M/YM/Y
/Bracket Y500
1. Purpose
Door patch series 130Kg series Short Patch/BracketY400/Y800 Y
The product code is based on the product attribute, to make code numbers standard,
scientific, unique, coordinate, practical and expansible. Door patch series 150Kg series Medium-sized Patch M

Door patch series 180Kg series BracketY900 KMJ Y


2. Application scope 3 Glass Patch for Doors
Door patch series 200Kg series Heavy Patch/Bending Patch FM/YM
It is suitable for all of the products in this catalogue.
Long door patch series 130Kg series Standard Long Patch CM/CMS

Long door patch series 150Kg series Standard Long Patch CM/CMS

二、Rules
Long door patch series 200Kg series Widened Long Patch CM/CMS

Fixed Patch Fitting 40Kgseries — — —

1. Code number has 8 digits, 3 digits + 5 digits pattern. Fixed Patch Fitting 50Kgseries — — —

2. First 3 digits are characters; last 5 digits are all numbers or number + character. Glass door lock
Glass Door Lock/Lock Patch/
BS/S/YMS
Sliding Door Lock
3. The total number of special product Numbers is 9 digits. 4 Door Lock KMS
Center Lock for Profile Doors/
Profile door lock XS/DS
Ground Lock

三、Principle Eccentric door spindle Door Spindle/Pivot Hinge XP/DZ


5 Door Hinge
Glass door hinge Glass Door Hinge JL
1. The first letter of the product of floor hinge and door closer is"B".
2. The first letter of the door control product is "K". Glass door latch Glass Door Latch BCX
3. Classification of all products is according to the characteristics of door type,
6 Auxiliary Accessories with frame latch Latch KFJ CX
bearing weight, product style and function.
Automatic anti-dust strip at the door Bottom — —

Stainless steel handle(Big) Handle LS

Handle with lock Handle with Lock LSS


7 Door Handle KLS
B Stainless steel handle(Small) — —

Concealed handle Sliding Door Handle TLG/TL

Sliding door series sliding door accessories KYN/KYW —


Floor hinge,
door closer code Product category code Function code and sequence number
8 Sliding door system Buffer sliding door series buffer sliding door accessories KYN —

Buffer linkage sliding door series Buffer Linkage door KYN KYL

Wooden folding door series — —


9 Folding door system KZD
Side Suspension / Middle
Glass folding door series ZDM
Suspension

K 10 Active partition system Glass movable partition series Active partition system KHD —

Magnetic lock series Magnetic lock KDS CS/CSL

Electric plug lock series Electric plug lock KDC DCS


Door control Product category code Function code and sequence number Electromagnetic door suction series Electromagnetic door suction KDX MX
products code 11 smart door control system
Access control machine series Card Reader KDM DK

Switch series Switch KDK KG

Auxiliary accessories series Bracket/ Power Controller KDF ZJ/PCS


Content

03 07 11
Glass Door Patch Door Handle Smart door control system
Company Profile A Glass Door Patch List 138 KLS100 Series Centric Handle 206 Magnetic lock series 305
Awards and Honors B KMJ443/443A Series Patch 100Kg 139 KLS200 Series Eccentric Handle 211 Electric plug lock series 306
Products Code Specification C KMJ112/113/123 Series Patch 100Kg 141 KLS400 Series Winding-pipe Handle 221 Electromagnetic door suction series 307
KMJ114 Series Patch130Kg 151 KLS900 Series Special Handle 226 Door access control machine series 308
KMJ115 Series Patch 150Kg 152 KLS100/400 Series Small Handle 230 Auxiliary accessories series 309
KMJ117/118 Series Patch 200Kg 155 KLS900 Series Concealed Handle & 236 Switch series 312
KMJ333 Series Bracket 100Kg 159 Sliding Door Handle
KMJ344/354 Series Bracket 130Kg 160
KMJ356/KMJ360 Series Bracket 180Kg 163
KMJ214 Series Long Patch 130Kg 165

08
KMJ215 Series Long Patch 150Kg 167
KMJ217 Series Long Patch 200Kg 169
M8 Series Fixed Patch Fitting 40Kg 171
M7/8 Series Fixed Patch Fitting 50Kg 172 Sliding door system

01 12
M41A Lock patch 176
Aluminum narrow frame linkage sliding
door series 245
Floor Hinge
04
Glass sliding door series 249 Typical Projects
Concealed glass sliding door series 261
Floor Hinge List 02 Wooden/Metal frame sliding door series 265 Residential 313
Electric floor hinge series 05 Door Lock Wooden/Metal frame buffer sliding door series 275 Hotel Project 313
Floor Hinge series 15 Barn door series 277 Metro/High-speed Rail 313
Accessories for insulation profile 55 KMS100 Series Glass Door Lock 178 Hanging rail /Supporting products series Airport
285
314
Accessories for circular tube profile 56 KMS211 Series Glass Door Lock 179 Office Building 314
Safety chain (selective accessories) 57 KMS122 Series Glass Door Lock 181 Large-scale Public Building Project 314
Auxiliary block of floor hinge accessories 58 KMS210/KMS212 Series Glass Door Lock 182
Configuration comparison table of standard 59 KMS300 Series Glass Door Lock 184
floor hinge accessories KMS130 Series Glass Door Lock 185
KMS400 Series Glass Door Lock 187
KMS500/600 Series Profile Door Lock 189

09
02
Door Closer 05 Folding door system
Glass folding door series 289

Door Closer List 61 Door Hinge Wooden folding door series 297

Electric door closer series 65 194


KHY100 Series Glass Door Hinge
American standard door closer series 92
KHY500 Series Pivot Hinge 195
Fire-proof door closer series 98
European standard series hardware 106

06 10
configuration

Auxiliary Accessories Movable partition system


KFJ100 Series Glass Door Latch 198 Glass movable partition system 301
KFJ500 Series Frame Door Latch 200
KFJ500 Series Anti-dust Strip at 201

Door Bottom Edge


For Better Living

Floor Hinge List


Maximum Speed
Diagram Product code Positioning type Door width Life cycle page
Loading control
Remote control 90 >1000,000
BDH80116(New) 650~1200mm 150Kg Adjustable P7
°positioning Cycles
Remote control 90 >1000,000
BDH80216(New) 650~1200mm 150Kg Adjustable P9
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
°positioning Cycles
>500,000 One speed
HD101/HDF101 90°/Non-hold 650~1050mm 100Kg P15
Cycles section
>300,000 One speed
HD102 90°hold 650~900mm 90Kg P17
Cycles section
>300,000 One speed
HD103/BDH10003 90°/Non-hold 600~950mm 65Kg P19
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed

01
HD201 90°hold 650~1050mm 90Kg P21
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH20114 90°hold 650~750mm(Unilateral) 85~100Kg P23
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH20216(New) 90°hold 650~750mm(Unilateral) 150Kg P25
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH20214/BDH20204 90°/Non-hold 650~1050mm 85~100Kg P27
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH20314/BDH20304 90°/Non-hold 650~1050mm 100Kg P29
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH20315/BDH20305 90°/Non-hold 800~1200mm 130Kg P29
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD203/HDF203 90°/Non-hold 650~1050mm 100Kg P31
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD204 90°hold 750~1100mm 115Kg P31
Cycles section

Floor Hinge
>1000,000 Two speed
HD205/HDF205 90°/Non-hold 800~1200mm 130Kg P31
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD304 90°及120°-180°hold 650~1050mm 100Kg P33
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD305 90°及120°-180°hold 800~1200mm 130Kg P33
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD403 90°hold 650~1050mm 100Kg P35
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD405 90°hold 800~1200mm 130Kg P35
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD406/HDF406 90°/Non-hold 1100~1300mm 150Kg P35
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH40115-HW 90°hold 650~1050mm 100Kg P37
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
BDH40017 90°hold 1150~1400mm 180Kg P39
Cycles section
>1000,000 Two speed
HD407/BDH40008 90°/Non-hold 1200~1400mm 200Kg P39
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH50011/BDH50001 90°/Non-hold 1200~1400mm 250Kg P41
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH50112 90°hold 1100~1250mm(Unilateral) 300Kg P43
Cycles section
Door width: 1200~1500mm >500,000 Two speed
BDH50012 90°hold 300Kg P45
Maximum Door high: 3200mm Cycles section
Door width: 1200~1500mm >500,000 Two speed
BDH50013 90°hold 350Kg P47
Maximum Door high:3800mm Cycles section
Door width: 1200~1500mm >500,000 Two speed
BDH50014 90°hold 400Kg P47
Maximum Door high:4200mm Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH60015 90°hold 800~1000mm 85Kg P49
Cycles section
>500,000 Two speed
BDH60016 90°hold 800~1200mm 100Kg P49
Cycles section
>300,000 Two speed
BDH70014 90°hold 650~800mm 85Kg P51
Cycles section
>300,000 Two speed
BDH70015 90°hold 750~900mm 100Kg P51
Cycles section
>300,000 Two speed
BDH70114(New) 90°hold 650~800mm 85Kg P53
Cycles section
>300,000 Two speed
BDH70115(New) 90°hold 750~900mm 100Kg P53
Cycles section

1 2
For Better Living

Floor hinge check list

Left/ right, front/ back,


Left/ right, front/ back

up/ down adjustable

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

One speed section

Two speed section


Torque adjustable
Product code

Ultra narrow type

Double-cylinder
Top installation

Single cylinder
Slotting free
360°

Heavy duty
adjustable

Electrical
rotation
120° 130° 180° 360°
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
116°

BDH80116(New) ● ●

BDH80216(New) ● ●

HD101/HDF101 ● ● ● ●

HD102 ● ● ● ●

HD103/BDH10003 ● ● ● ●

HD201 ● ● ● ●

BDH20114 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

BDH20216(New) ● ● ● ● ●

BDH20214/BDH20204 ● ● ● ● ● ●

BDH20314/BDH20304 ● ● ● ● ●

BDH20315/BDH20305 ● ● ● ● ●

HD203/HDF203 ● ● ● ●

HD204 ● ● ● ●

HD205/HDF205 ● ● ● ●

HD304 ● ● ● ●

HD305 ● ● ● ●

HD403 ● ● ● ●

HD405 ● ● ● ●

HD406/HDF406 ● ● ● ●

BDH40115-HW ● ● ● ●

BDH40017 ● ● ● ●

HD407/BDH40008 ● ● ● ●

BDH50011/BDH50001 ● ● ● ●

BDH50112 ● ● ● ● ● ●

BDH50012 ● ● ● ●

BDH50013 ● ● ● ●

BDH50014 ● ● ● ●

BDH60015 ● ● ●

BDH60016 ● ● ●

BDH70014 ● ● ●

Passed the test of SGS & DGM BDH70015 ● ● ●

Integral cover design, easy to be installed. BDH70114(New) ● ● ●

Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect Prevention. BDH70115(New) ● ● ●

3 4
For Better Living

Electric floor hinge Hardware integrated configuration scheme for contactless door of electric middle rotation door (outdoor)

Contactless door hardware


Top pivot seatX4(Standard)
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
integration solutions
Bottom pivot seatX4(Standard)

10 inch smart door cloud host X1


(Optional)
(Need to configure Android cloud
door host power supply)
or Door access control machineX1
(Optional)

Center pivot armX4(Standard)

BDH80216
Electric floor hingeX4(Standard)

Hardware integrated configuration scheme for contactless door of electric middle rotation door (indoor)

Adjusting deviceX1(Necessary)

Contactless switchX1(Optional)
or Press switchX1(Optional)

5 Remote door Induction door Face recognition Password/fingerprint/ * Image copyright has been applied for, piracy must be investigated 6
opening opening door opening card to open the door
For Better Living

● Standard
Additional device ○ Optional
Electric New Functional Characteristic (Multifunctional expansion) ★Necessary page

● Past qualify— GB/T 34616 General Technical Requirements Test for Control panel ● P8
pedestrian Automatic Doors.
● Past qualify— JG/T 305 Pedestrian Automatic Door Safety Remote control ● P8
Requirements Test.
● Past qualify— GB/T 4208.

Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
Microwave sensor P80
● Past qualify EN16005 EU CE certification.
● Past qualify SGS, DGM inspection.
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect Switch ○ P80
prevention.
● For both side, one side opening;Stop or move backward when meets Magnetic lock ○ P306
obstacle, safe and convenient.
● Only applicable for double door. Laser sensor ○ P85-88
● Suitable for wooden doors, metal doors, framed doors and other door
types . Safety light curtain ○ P81
● Using brushless motor and Hall transducer, long life cycle, low working
noise. Contactless switch ○ P83
● Opening method: fingerprint/ access card/ switch/ sensor/ face

recognition opening.
Door access control machine P308
4

10
Backup power P80
Standard Products
BDH80116-02 Double door control panel BDH80116-04 Door stopper Adjusting device ★ P8

10 inch smart door cloud host


(Need to configure Android cloud door ○ Gemvary Products
host power supply)

☆Selection instructions
66.5

315 When the electric floor hinge realizes various functions, it is necessary to order
optional accessories according to different functional characteristics.

50 83
426
Safety light curtain and sensor installing place should avoid direct sunlight.

BDP80101 Adjusting device(Necessary)


BDH80016-03 Remote control BDH80116-05 Wrench

Standard configuration does not include the


following accessories)
Product description BDH80116 61

110
☆Adjusting device is necessary during
0
11

81
testing / installing, Additional order
Positioning type Remote control 90 °positioning ● 41
BDP30001 Top pivot seat
required.
Maximum Loading 150kg ●

Ø18
Standard and simplified illustrations Installation Diagram
101
Door width 650~1200mm ●
34

130
14
3~23

Ø12 Life cycle >1,000,000 Cycles ●


Electric floor hinge standard icon
25 30

Within the cavity size


150

Within the cavity size


5

168
176
Max open degree 90° ●

>47
>39
Top pivot seat
The door sash encounters resistance not
Bottom pivot seat
x1 x1
DX03 Bottom pivot seat
Damping strength greater than 116N.m ●
Can stop or reverse open
x2
Motor insulation, waterproof, strong
Waterproof performance ●
corrosion resistance

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


x1 sets
29~ 65
36
x2

Door sash height


The output voltage 12V、24V ● x2 x2
15

28
28
Ø12
Power supply AC220V(1±10% )/50Hz ● Door gap≥5
7

130
25

Running noise <60dB ● Electric floor hinge simple matching icon


Distance between pivot
and frame is 64 mm

Opening time 6-12S ●


DY05 Center pivot arm x1
Auxiliary block
x1
Operating temperature -20℃ to 55℃ ● Center pivot arm
Electric floor hinge
10 34 x2 330 330 130
36 Protection level IP68 ●
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame
25

40
40 Standard profile Insulation profile
20

x1 sets
section drawing section drawing
Rated power 55W ● Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary
210
10

block is based on the cavity of profile.


2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
12

Max torque 165N.m ●


technical parameters as Page 55.

7 8
For Better Living

● Standard
Additional device ○ Optional
Electric New Functional Characteristic (Multifunctional expansion) ★Necessary page

● Past qualify— GB/T 34616 General Technical Requirements Test for Control panel ● P10
pedestrian Automatic Doors.
● Past qualify— JG/T 305 Pedestrian Automatic Door Safety Remote control ● P10
Requirements Test.
● Past qualify— GB/T 4208.

Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
Microwave sensor P80
● Past qualify EN16005 EU CE certification.
● Past qualify SGS, DGM inspection.
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect Switch ○ P80
prevention.
● For both side, one side opening;Stop or move backward when meets Magnetic lock ○ P306
obstacle, safe and convenient.
● Only applicable for single door. Laser sensor ○ P85-88
● Suitable for wooden doors, metal doors, framed doors and other door
types. Safety light curtain ○ P81
● Using brushless motor and Hall transducer, long life cycle, low working
noise. Contactless switch ○ P83
● Opening method: fingerprint/ access card/ switch/ sensor/ face

recognition opening.
Door access control machine P308

104
Backup power ○ P80
Standard Products
BDH80216-01 Single door control panel BDH80116-04 Door stopper Adjusting device ★ P10

10 inch smart door cloud host


(Need to configure Android cloud door ○ Gemvary Products
host power supply)

☆Selection instructions
66.5

315 When the electric floor hinge realizes various functions, it is necessary to order
optional accessories according to different functional characteristics.

50 8
374
Safety light curtain and sensor installing place should avoid direct sunlight.

3
BDP80101 Adjusting device(Necessary)
BDH80016-03 Remote control BDH80116-05 Wrench

Standard configuration does not include the


following accessories)
Product description BDH80216 61

110
☆Adjusting device is necessary during
0
11

81
testing / installing, Additional order
Positioning type Remote control 90 °positioning ● 41
BDP30001 Top pivot seat
required.
Maximum Loading 150kg ●

Ø18
Standard and simplified illustrations Installation Diagram
101
Door width 650~1200mm ●
34

130
14
3~23

Ø12 Life cycle >1,000,000 Cycles ●


Electric floor hinge standard icon
25

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


150 30
5

168
176
Max open degree 90° ●

>47
Top pivot seat

>39
The door sash encounters resistance not x1 x1 Bottom pivot seat
DX03 Bottom pivot seat
Damping strength greater than 116N.m ●
Can stop or reverse open
x1
Motor insulation, waterproof, strong
Waterproof performance ●
corrosion resistance

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


x1 sets
29~ 65
36 x1 x1 x1

Door sash height


The output voltage 12V、24V ●
15

28
28
Door gap≥5
Ø12
Power supply AC220V(1±10% )/50Hz ●
7

130
25

Running noise <60dB ● Electric floor hinge simple matching icon Distance between pivot
and frame is 64 mm

Opening time 6-12S ●


DY05 Center pivot arm
x1 x1 Auxiliary block
Center pivot arm
Operating temperature -20℃ to 55℃ ●
x1 Electric floor hinge
10 34
36 Protection level IP68 ● 330 130
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame
25

40 x1 sets
40 Standard profile Insulation profile
20

section drawing section drawing


Rated power 55W ● Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary
210
10

block is based on the cavity of profile.


2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
12

Max torque 165N.m ●


technical parameters as Page 55.

9 10
For Better Living

Hardware integrated configuration scheme for electric floor hinge contactless door (indoor)
Hardware integrated configuration scheme for electric floor hinge contactless door (outdoor)
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
Top pivot seatX2(Standard)
Double door magnetic lockX1(Optional)

Laser sensor X2 pairs(Optional)

or Safety light curtain X2 (Optional)


Contactless switchX1(Optional)
or Press switchX1(Optional)
Bottom pivot seatX2(Standard)

10 inch smart door cloud host X1


(Optional)
(Need to configure Android cloud
door host power supply)
or Door access control machineX1
(Optional)

Adjusting deviceX1(Necessary)
Center pivot armX2(Standard)
BDH80116
Electric floor hingeX1sets(Standard)

11 * Image copyright has been applied for, piracy must be investigated * Image copyright has been applied for, piracy must be investigated 12
For Better Living

BDH80116 connection sketch map (double door opening) BDH80216 connection sketch map (single door opening)
AC 220V power AC 220V power
⑤ ⑤
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
① ① ①

② ② ② ③

③ ③

③ ④ ③ ④

AC 220V power AC 220V power

⑤ ⑤

indoor indoor

③ ③

Android cloud door host power Android cloud door host power
supply (Gemvary product) ) outdoor supply (Gemvary product) ) outdoor

Prohibit the of cutting Prohibit the of cutting Prohibit the of cutting


signal lines signal lines signal lines

Signal line interface Signal line interface Signal line interface

Note:
1、Put the filler into the outer box of floor hinge after installing.
Note:

2、 During installing and connecting wires, making sure the signal wire port is at lease 10cm higher than the floor, to
1、Put the filler into the outer box of floor hinge after installing.

prevent water-leaking and causing malfunction.


2、 During installing and connecting wires, making sure the signal wire port is at lease 10cm higher than the floor, to
prevent water-leaking and causing malfunction.

◆ The Illustration and Requirements for Installation of Electric Floor Hinge: Electric floor hinge threading construction steps: ◆ The Illustration and Requirements for Installation of Electric Floor Hinge: Electric floor hinge threading construction steps:
① =RVV-8×0.5mm²,optional wire tube φ30mm pull wire (the electric floor hinge comes with a signal 1. Determine the location of the unit and slot the ground according to the
① =RVV-8×0.5mm²,optional wire tube φ30mm pull wire (the electric floor hinge comes with a signal 1. Determine the location of the unit and slot the ground according to the
overall dimensions of the floor hinge overall dimensions of the floor hinge
wire length of 8 meters as standard The distance exceeds the standard, non-standard customization is wire length of 8 meters as standard The distance exceeds the standard, non-standard customization is
2. Choose a PVC threading pipe with an inner diameter of 30mm for pre- 2. Choose a PVC threading pipe with an inner diameter of 30mm for pre-
required, and the total length can be extended to 15m) required, and the total length can be extended to 15m)
② =RVV-6×0.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable(Laser sensor comes with a signal wire) ② =RVV-6×0.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable(Laser sensor comes with a signal wire)
embedding embedding

③ =RVV-2×0.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable ③ =RVV-2×0.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable
3.All wires should be arranged on the green tube and each end 3.All wires should be arranged on the green tube and each end

④ =RVV-4×0.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable ④ =RVV-4×0.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable
size should connect with the wire port. size should connect with the wire port.

⑤ =RVV-3×1.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable ⑤ =RVV-3×1.5mm²,optional cable tube φ20mm cable
4. Determine the location of the unit and fix it 4. Determine the location of the unit and fix it

Cable information is reasonably pulled according to the actual situation on site Cable information is reasonably pulled according to the actual situation on site

◆ Main notice for installation and construction: ◆ Main notice for installation and construction:
1.the electric floor hinge comes with a signal wire length of 8 meters as standard The distance exceeds 1.the electric floor hinge comes with a signal wire length of 8 meters as standard The distance exceeds
the standard, non-standard customization is required, and the total length can be extended to 15m. the standard, non-standard customization is required, and the total length can be extended to 15m.
2.It is forbidden to cut the signal wire of the electric floor hinge, so as to avoid abnormal products, which 2.It is forbidden to cut the signal wire of the electric floor hinge, so as to avoid abnormal products, which
may cause breakage during the construction process and need to be replaced may cause breakage during the construction process and need to be replaced

◆ Disclaimer: ◆ Disclaimer:
1. Under power-on conditions, the product itself has the function of automatically opening and Design description of access opening: 1. Under power-on conditions, the product itself has the function of automatically opening and Design description of access opening:
closing the door, and it is forbidden to apply external force to force the door to open and close 1、The electric floor hinge controller should be set with a dedicated closing the door, and it is forbidden to apply external force to force the door to open and close 1、The electric floor hinge controller should be set with a dedicated
2.It is forbidden to cut the signal wire of the electric floor hinge. KIN LONG will not bear any inspection port for placing the electric floor hinge controller 2.It is forbidden to cut the signal wire of the electric floor hinge. KIN LONG will not bear any inspection port for placing the electric floor hinge controller
responsibility for abnormal use caused by the cutting signal wire 2、The size of the inspection port should meet responsibility for abnormal use caused by the cutting signal wire 2、The size of the inspection port should meet
3.Due to differences in voltage, current, power and other factors in electronic products, there is no 500mm*100mm*100mm 3.Due to differences in voltage, current, power and other factors in electronic products, there is no 500mm*100mm*100mm
guarantee that other companies’ electronic products can be used with our electric floor hinges KIN 3、The inspection location is designed by the construction unit and the guarantee that other companies’ electronic products can be used with our electric floor hinges KIN 3、The inspection location is designed by the construction unit and the
LONG's electric floor hinges are used in conjunction with any abnormalities, KIN LONG will not customer, and the distance between the inspection port and the main LONG's electric floor hinges are used in conjunction with any abnormalities, KIN LONG will not customer, and the distance between the inspection port and the main
bear any responsibility body of the floor hinge is within the range of the signal line bear any responsibility body of the floor hinge is within the range of the signal line

13 14
For Better Living

two-
dimensional 120° Single One Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90°
120°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM.
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect door stopper Speed-section 1 closed
prevention.
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
0° The buffer
● It can be used on both left and right side door.
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 0°is closing , 90° is positioning
auxiliary method.
120°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door. 90°

Graphics HD101,HDF101 has not 90°hold function.


To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 4mm)


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm
Speed Control

Front and Back Adjust Screw


(Adjustment 6mm)
50

257
Please do not turn the screw, the company will not be
106
liable for any consequences caused by this.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction


Standard configuration does not include the
following accessories)
Product description HD101 HDF101

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
DS05 Top pivot seat 90°Hold
Top pivot seat

>47
>37
Positioning type
Bottom pivot seat
Non-hold ●

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


Ø17
99 Door width 650~1050mm ● ●
Dust cover
33

Door sash height


14 130

● ●
3~23

25
Maximum Loading 100kg
Ø12 30
150 24

● ●
4.5

167
172 Life cycle >500,000 Cycles Door gap≥5
The floor
The reserved hole

● ●
Main body-Gray cast-iron;
DX05 Bottom pivot seat Main Material
Cover plate—SS304 Distance between pivot
and frame is 64 mm

Speed control One speed section ● ●

Auxiliary block
34~4 65
0
Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ● ● Center pivot arm

Floor hinge ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
11

28
28
● ●
Ø12 Surface of the cover
7 400#Hairline
273 120
130 plate
25
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor Standard profile Insulation profile
Max open degree 120° ● ● hinge door with frame section drawing section drawing

Structure of main
Single cylinder ● ● Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based Patent filler
Cover
DY05 Center pivot arm body on the cavity of profile.
2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
The small flat

10 34
Cover plate thickness 1.2mm ● ● technical parameters as Page 55.
36

◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
25

40
● ●
40
20

14° Floor hinge box


standard accessories.
Spindle
◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
● ●
210
10

accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).



12

15 16
For Better Living

Two-
dimensional 116° Single One Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. 90°
116°
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect
prevention. door stopper Speed-section 1 closed
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
● It can be used on both left and right side door.
0° The buffer
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by
auxiliary method. 0°is closing , 90° is positioning
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
116°
90°

To prevent the door from opening beyond the


maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 8mm) Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Speed Control
257
50

Front and Back Adjust Screw


(Adjustment 8mm)
106
Please do not turn the screw, the company will not
be liable for any consequences caused by this.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction


Standard configuration does not include the
following accessories)
Product description HD102

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
DS05 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°Hold
Top pivot seat

>47
>37
Bottom pivot seat
Door width 650~900mm ●

Doorway height = Door sash height+17



Ø17

Dust cover
99
Maximum Loading 90kg
33

14 130

Door sash height


3~23


25
Ø12 30 Life cycle >300,000 Cycles
150 24

The floor
4.5

167 Door gap≥5


The reserved hole

172 Main body-Gray cast-iron;
Main Material
Cover plate—SS304
DX05 Bottom pivot seat

Distance between pivot
Speed control One speed section and frame is 64 mm

Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ●


Auxiliary block
34~4 65
0 Center pivot arm


Floor hinge ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
Surface of the cover plate 400#Hairline
11

28
28
Ø12
7
273 120
130

25
Max open degree 116° Horizontal joint drawing for Floor Standard profile Insulation profile
hinge door with frame section drawing section drawing

Structure of main body Single cylinder ● Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
DY05 Center pivot arm on the cavity of profile. Patent filler Cover

Cover plate thickness 1.2mm ● 2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
10 34 technical parameters as Page 55. The small flat
36

● ◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
25

40
40
14°
20

Spindle standard accessories. Floor hinge box


◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without

210
10


accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).
12

17 18
For Better Living

Two-
dimensional 116° Single One Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
90°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. 116°

● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect
door stopper Speed-section 1 closed
prevention.
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
● It can be used on both left and right side door. 0°
The buffer
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by
auxiliary method. 0°is closing , 90° is positioning
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door. 116°
90°

Graphics HD103,BDH10003 has not 90°hold function.


To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 4mm)


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Speed Control

Front and Back Adjust Screw


(Adjustment 4mm)
48.5

250

Please do not turn the screw, the company will not


96
be liable for any consequences caused by this.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction


Standard configuration does not include the
following accessories)
Product description HD103 BDH10003

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
DS05 Top pivot seat 90°Hold
Top pivot seat

>37

>47
Positioning type
Bottom pivot seat
Non-hold ●

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


Ø17
99 Door width 600~950mm ● ●
Dust cover
33

14 130

● ●
Maximum
3~23

Door sash height


25
65kg
Ø12 30 Loading
150 24

● ●
4.5

167 Door gap≥5


172 Life cycle >300,000 Cycles
The floor The reserved hole

● ●
Main body-Gray cast-iron;
DX05 Bottom pivot seat Main Material
Cover plate—SS304 Distance between pivot
and frame is 64 mm

Speed control One speed section ● ●

Auxiliary block
● ●
Suitable
34~4 65 -15°C~40°C Center pivot arm
0 Temperature
Floor hinge ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
11

28
28
● ●
Ø12 Surface of the
7 400#Hairline
265 110
130 cover plate
25
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor Standard profile Insulation profile
Max open degree 116° ● ● hinge door with frame section drawing section drawing
Patent filler Cover
Structure of main
Single cylinder ● ● Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
DY05 Center pivot arm body on the cavity of profile. The small flat
2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
● ●
Cover plate
10 34 thickness
1.2mm technical parameters as Page 55.
36
Floor hinge box
◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
25

40
● ●
40
20

14°
standard accessories.
Spindle
◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
6° ● ●
210
10

accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).


12

19 20
For Better Living

Two-
dimensional 116° Single Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
90°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. 116° Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. Speed-section 2 closed
door stopper
The buffer
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15°
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.

● It can be used on both left and right side door. ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
15°
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by ②Two-section adjustment of closing
auxiliary method. 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door. 116°
90° 15°~ 0° is locking stage

Graphics has 90°hold function.


To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 5mm) Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Speed Control

257 Front and Back Adjust Screw


50

(Adjustment 5mm)
106
Please do not turn the screw, the company will not
be liable for any consequences caused by this.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction


Standard configuration does not include the
following accessories)
Product description HD201

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
DS05 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°Hold
Top pivot seat

>47
>37
Bottom pivot seat
Door width 650~1050mm ●

Doorway height = Door sash height+17



Ø17
99
Maximum Loading 90kg
Dust cover
33

14 130

Door sash height


3~23


25
Ø12 30 Life cycle >500,000 Cycles
150 24
4.5

167 Door gap≥5


The reserved hole
● The floor
172 Main body-Gray cast-iron;
Main Material
Cover plate—SS304
DX05 Bottom pivot seat Distance between pivot
Speed control One speed section ● and frame is 64 mm

Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ●


Auxiliary block
34~4 65
0 Center pivot arm


Floor hinge ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
Surface of the cover plate 400#Hairline
11

28
28
Ø12
7
273 120
130

25
Max open degree 116° Horizontal joint drawing for Floor Standard profile Insulation profile
hinge door with frame section drawing section drawing

● Patent filler Cover


Structure of main body Single cylinder Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
DY05 Center pivot arm on the cavity of profile. The small flat

Cover plate thickness 1.2mm ● 2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
10 34 technical parameters as Page 55.
36 Floor hinge box
● ◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
25

40
40
14°
20

Spindle standard accessories.


◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without

210
10


accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).
12

21 22
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional
Ultra
Adjustable 360° Single Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
narrow
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
90°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM.
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. Speed-section 1 closed
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15° Speed-section 2 closed
15°
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
0° ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
prevention.

360°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door. 15° 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage;
15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°

Adjustment diagram Torque adjustment table


Front and Back Adjust Screw(Adjustment 2mm) Up and down Adjust Screw
Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 2mm) (Adjustment 2mm)

14
Torque adjustment screw

Speed Control

10
83 + -

Please do not turn the screw, the company will not


be liable for any consequences caused by this.
Category Adjust the number of turns

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark 2 -3


284 before ordering if required) 3 0
51

Note: “3” force is set before ship out


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm
+ -
Torque increase Torque decreases

Standard configuration does not include the


following accessories)
Product description BDH20114

BDP30001 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°Hold ● Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction


① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
Door width 650~750mm(Unilateral)

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size



Ø18 101

>47
>39
Maximum Loading 85~100kg Top pivot seat
34

130
14 Bottom pivot seat
Dust cover
3~23

Adjustment

Doorway height = Door sash height-17


Life cycle >500,000 Cycles
plate
Ø12
25 30
150
5

168
176

Main body-Gray cast-iron; Cover
Main Material

Door sash height


plate—SS304 Door gap5 Door gap5

DX03 Bottom pivot seat


Speed control Two speed section ● The reserved hole
The floor

29~ 65 Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ●


36
15

28
● ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
28 Surface of the cover
Ø12 400#Hairline
plate
Auxiliary block Center pivot arm
7

130

Max open degree 360° ● Floor hinge


25

304 100

Structure of main body Single cylinder ● Standard profile Insulation profile


Cover
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame section drawing section drawing Patent filler
DY05 Center pivot arm
10 34 Cover plate thickness 2.0mm ●
36
25

40
40
20

14° ● Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based Floor hinge box
210 Spindle on the cavity of profile.
10

2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,


6° ●
technical parameters as Page 55.
12

23 24
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 360° Single Two New Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
90°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM.
Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection.
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15° 15° Speed-section 2 closed
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
360°
prevention.
①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
0° 0°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
②Two-section adjustment of closing
15° 15°

90°~ 15° is closing stage;


90°
15°~ 0° is locking stage

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 5mm)


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm
125
Front and Back Adjust Screw
(Adjustment 9mm)

Speed Control
57

273

Up and down Adjust Screw(Adjustment 6mm)

Standard configuration does not include the


following accessories)
Product description BDH20216

BDP30001 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°Hold ● Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction

① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
Door width 650~750mm(Unilateral) ●

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


Ø18 101

>47
>39
Maximum Loading 150Kg ● Top pivot seat
34

130
14 Bottom pivot seat Dust cover
Adjustment
3~23

plate

Doorway height = Door sash height-17


Ø12
25 Life cycle >500,000 Cycles ●
150 30
5

168
176
Main body-Gray cast-iron; Cover
Main Material ● Door gap5 Door gap5
plate—SS304

Door sash height


DX03 Bottom pivot seat
Speed control -15°C~40°C ● The floor
The reserved
hole
29~ 65 Suitable Temperature Two speed section ●
36
15

28
③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
28 Surface of the cover
Ø12 400#Hairline ●
plate
Auxiliary block Center pivot arm
7

130

Max open degree 360° ● Floor hinge


25

285.5 139

Structure of main body Single cylinder ● Standard profile Insulation profile Cover
DY05 Center pivot arm
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame section drawing section drawing Patent filler

10 34 Cover plate thickness 2.0mm ●


36
25

40
40
20

14° ● Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
210 Spindle on the cavity of profile. Floor hinge box
10

2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,


6° ●
technical parameters as Page 55.
12

25 26
For Better Living

Three- Ultra
Adjustable 130° Single Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
dimensional narrow
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697 90° Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM 130°
Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
door stopper The buffer
Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, 15°
insect prevention 0° ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
● It can be used on both left and right side door 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
by auxiliary method 130° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door
● Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted according to Graphics BDH20214,BDH20204 has not 90°hold function.
the size and weight of the door To prevent the door from opening beyond the maximum angle, it is
recommended to install the door stopper.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Torque adjustment table

Front and Back Adjust Screw(Adjustment 2mm) Up and down Adjust Screw

14
Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 2mm) (Adjustment 2mm)

83
Torque adjustment screw

10
+ -

Speed Control

Please do not turn the screw, the company will not Category Adjust the number of turns
be liable for any consequences caused by this.
Spindle can be heightened(Please remark 2 -3
284
before ordering if required) 3 0
51

Note: “3” force is set before ship out


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm
+ -

20
Torque increase Torque decreases

Standard configuration does not include the


following accessories)
Product description BDH20214 BDH20204

BDP30001 Top pivot seat 90°Hold ● Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction
Positioning type

Within the cavity size


Non-hold

Within the cavity size


① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door

>39

>47
Top pivot seat
Bottom pivot seat
Ø18 101 Door width 650~1050mm ● ●
34

130
14

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


● ● Dust cover
3~23

Maximum Loading 85~100kg


Ø12 Adjustment
plate
25 30
150

Door sash height


5

● ●
168
176 Life cycle >500,000 Cycles Door gap5

Main body-Gray
DX03 Bottom pivot seat Main Material cast-iron; Cover ● ● Distance between pivot
The reserved hole
The floor
and frame is 64 mm
plate—SS304

Speed control Two speed section ● ●


29~ 65
36

● ●
Suitable
15

28
-15°C~40°C
③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
28
Ø12 Temperature
Auxiliary block
● ●
Surface of the
7

130
400#Hairline Center pivot arm
cover plate
25

Floor hinge

● ●
304 100
Max open degree 130°
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge Standard profile Insulation profile Cover
door with frame section drawing section drawing Patent filler

DY05 Center pivot arm ● ●


Structure of main
Single cylinder Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
body
10 34 on the cavity of profile.
2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
36
● ●
Cover plate
25

40
2.0mm
technical parameters as Page 55.
40
20

thickness
Floor hinge box
◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
210
14° ● ● standard accessories.
10

◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
Spindle
● ●
12


accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

27 28
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 130° Single Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90° Speed-section 1 closed
130°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper The buffer
15°
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect
0° ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.
● It can be used on both left and right side door. 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 130° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.

Graphics has 90°hold function.


To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

Front and Back Adjust Screw(Adjustment 2mm)


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm
83 Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 2mm)

Speed Control
2

284
Up and down Adjust Screw
Ultra narrow body
51

(Adjustment 2mm)

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction


Standard configuration does not include the
Product description BDH20314 BDH20304 BDH20315 BDH20305
following accessories)

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
BDP30001 Top pivot seat ● ●
Top pivot seat
90°Hold

>39

>47
Bottom pivot seat
Positioning type
Non-hold ● ●

● ● Dust cover

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


650~1050mm
Adjustment
Door width
plate
Ø18 101

800~1200mm ● ●
34

130

Door sash height


14
Door gap5
3~23

100kg ● ●
Ø12
25 30
Maximum
150
5

● ●
168 Loading
The reserved hole
130kg
Distance between pivot
176

and frame is 64 mm The floor


Life cycle >500,000 Cycles ● ● ● ●
DX03 Bottom pivot seat
Main body-Gray
Main Material cast-iron; Cover ● ● ● ●
plate—SS304
③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
29~ 65
36
Auxiliary block
Speed control Two speed section ● ● ● ● Center pivot arm
15

28
Floor hinge
28
Ø12
● ● ● ●
Suitable
-15°C~40°C 304 100
7

130
Temperature
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor Standard profile Insulation profile
25

● ● ● ●
Surface of the
cover plate
400#Hairline hinge door with frame section drawing section drawing
Cover
● ● ● ● Patent filler
Max open
DY05 Center pivot arm 130°
degree
Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
● ● ● ●
Structure of main
10 34 Single cylinder on the cavity of profile.
body
2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
36
25

40

● ● ● ● technical parameters as Page 55.


40 Cover plate
20

2.0mm Floor hinge box


thickness ◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
210 14° ● ● ● ● standard accessories.
10

Spindle ◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
● ● ● ●
12

6° accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

29 30
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 130° Single Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90° Speed-section 1 closed
130°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper The buffer
15°
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect
0° ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.
● It can be used on both left and right side door. 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 130° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
Graphics has 90°hold function.
To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

118

Left and Right Adjust Screw (Adjustment 9mm)


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Speed Control

Front and Back Adjust Screw (Adjustment 10mm)


52

278

Up and Down Adjust Screw (Adjustment 5mm)

Standard configuration does not include the HD203 HDF203 HD204 HD205 HDF205 Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction
Product description
following accessories)

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


● ● ●
① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
90°hold
Positioning type
BDP30001 Top pivot seat Non-hold ● ●

>47
>39
Top pivot seat
650~1050mm ● ● Bottom pivot seat
Door width 750~1100mm ●
● ●

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


Ø18 101 800~1200mm Dust cover
● ●
Adjustment
34

14
130
100kg plate

3~23

Maximum Loading 115kg

Door sash height


Ø12
25
● ●
150 30
5

168 130kg Door gap≥5


>1,000,000
176
The floor The reserved hole
Life cycle ● ● ● ● ●
Cycles
DX03 Bottom pivot seat Main body- Distance between pivot and frame is 64 mm

● ● ● ● ●
Gray cast-iron;
Main Material
Cover plate—
29~ 65
SS304
③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
36
Auxiliary block
● ● ● ● ●
Two speed Center pivot arm
15

28
28 Speed control
Ø12 section
Floor hinge
● ● ● ● ●
Suitable
7

130 -15°C~40°C
Temperature 292.5 132
25

● ● ● ● ●
Surface of the
400#Hairline
cover plate Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame Standard profile Insulation profile
section drawing
● ● ●
section drawing
DY05 Center pivot arm Max open degree 130° ● ● Patent filler Cover
Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
● ● ● ● ●
10 34 Structure of main
36 Single cylinder on the cavity of profile.
25

40
body
2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
40
20

● ● ● ● ●
Cover plate
2.0mm technical parameters as Page 55.
◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
thickness
210 Floor hinge box

10

14° ● ● ● ● standard accessories.


◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
12

Spindle
6° ● ● ● ● ●
accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

31 32
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 180° Single Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90°
120°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. Speed-section 2 closed
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15°
it can stay at any position The buffer
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
180° 0°
prevention.
15° ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
● It can be used on both left and right side door.
②Two-section adjustment of closing
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by
90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 120°
90° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.

Graphics has 90°hold function.


To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)
118

Left and Right Adjust Screw (Adjustment 9mm)


Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Speed Control
52

278 Front and Back Adjust Screw (Adjustment 10mm)

Up and Down Adjust Screw (Adjustment 5mm)

Standard configuration does not include the Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction
following accessories)
Product description HD304 HD305

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


BDP30001 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°/120°-180°hold ● ● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door

>47
>39
Top pivot seat

Bottom pivot seat
650~1050mm
Door width

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


Ø18 101 800~1200mm Dust cover
Adjustment
34

130

14
plate
100kg
3~23

Door sash height


Ø12
25
Maximum Loading

150 30
5

168 130kg
176 Door gap≥5
The floor The reserved hole
Life cycle >1,000,000 Cycles ● ●
DX03 Bottom pivot seat
Main body-Gray cast- Distance between pivot and frame is 64 mm

Main Material iron; Cover plate— ● ●


SS304
29~ 65
● ●
36 Auxiliary block
Speed control Two speed section Center pivot arm
15

28
28
● ● ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
Ø12
Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C Floor hinge
7

130
292.5 132
● ●
Surface of the cover
25

plate
400#Hairline Standard profile Insulation profile
section drawing
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame
section drawing

DY05 Center pivot arm Max open degree 180° ● ● Cover


Patent filler
Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
● ●
Structure of main
10 34 Single cylinder on the cavity of profile.
body
2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
36
25

40
● ● technical parameters as Page 55.
40
20

Cover plate thickness 2.0mm


◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the Floor hinge box
210 14° ● ● standard accessories.
10

Spindle ◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
● ●
12

6° accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

33 34
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 130° Double Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90° Speed-section 1 closed
130°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper The buffer
15°
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect
0° ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.
● It can be used on both left and right side door. 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 130° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
Graphics has 90°hold function.
To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

108
Left and Right Adjust Screw (Adjustment 6mm) Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Front and Back Adjust Screw


(Adjustment 8mm)

Up and Down Adjust Screw


306 (Adjustment 5mm)
41

Speed Control

Standard configuration does not include the


following accessories)
Product description HD403 HD405 HD406 HDF406
Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction
90°hold ● ● ●

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


Positioning
type Non-hold ● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
BDP30001 Top pivot seat

>47
>39

Top pivot seat
650~1050mm
Bottom pivot seat
Door width 800~1200mm ●

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


● ●
Ø18 101
1100~1300mm Adjustment Dust cover
34

130 plate
14
100kg ●
3~23

Door sash height


Ø12

25 30 Maximum
150 130kg
5

168 Loading Door gap≥5


176 The floor
150kg ● ● The reserved hole

DX03 Bottom pivot seat Life cycle


>1,000,000
● ● ● ● Distance between pivot and frame is 64 mm
Cycles
Main body-Gray
Main Material cast-iron; Cover ● ● ● ●
29~ 65
36 plate—SS304 Auxiliary block
Center pivot arm
● ● ● ●
Two speed
15

28
28 Speed control
Ø12 section Floor hinge
● ● ● ●
Suitable
7

130
③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
-15°C~40°C 323 132
Temperature
25

Standard profile Insulation profile


● ● ● ●
Surface of the
section drawing
400#Hairline Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame
section drawing
cover plate
DY05 Center pivot arm Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
● ● ● ●
Max open
130°
degree on the cavity of profile.
Cover
10 34
2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
Patent filler
● ● ● ●
36 Structure of
Double-cylinder
25

40
40 main body technical parameters as Page 55.
20

● ● ● ●
Cover plate
2.0mm
210 thickness ◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
10

14° ● ● ● ● standard accessories. Floor hinge box


◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
12

Spindle
6° ● ● ● ● accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

35 36
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 120° Double Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
90°
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 120° Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper
15° The buffer
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 0°
①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.
15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
● It can be used on both left and right side door.
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
120° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
auxiliary method. 90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door. Graphics has 90°hold function.
To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Adjustment diagram before ordering if required)

Speed Control
109
Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

90°-0° 20°-0°
Up and Down Adjustmen Screw
90°-0°
(Adjustment 5mm)
20°-0°

Front and Back Adjustmen Screw


(Adjustment 10mm)

306
41

Left and Right Adjustmen Screw


(Adjustment 9mm)

Standard configuration does not include the Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction
following accessories)
Product description BDH40115-HW

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


BDP30001 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°hold ● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door

>47
>39
Top pivot seat
Bottom pivot seat
Door width 650~1050mm ●

Doorway height = Door sash height+17



Ø18 101
Maximum Loading 100kg Adjustment Dust cover
34

130 plate
14
3~23

Door sash height


Ø12
25 Life cycle >500,000 Cycles
150 30
5

168
176 Door gap≥5 The floor

Main body-Gray cast-iron;
Main Material The reserved hole
Cover plate—SS304
DX03 Bottom pivot seat

Distance between pivot and frame is 64 mm
Speed control Two speed section

29~ 65 Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ●


36 Auxiliary block
Center pivot arm
15

28

28 Surface of the cover
Ø12 400#Hairline
plate Floor hinge
7

130


323 132 ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
25

Max open degree 120°


Standard profile Insulation profile
section drawing
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame
section drawing

DY05 Center pivot arm Structure of main body Double cylinder ●


Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
Cover
10 34 on the cavity of profile.
● 2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
Patent filler
36 Cover plate thickness 1.2mm
25

40
40
technical parameters as Page 55.
20

14° ● ◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
210
10

Spindle standard accessories. Floor hinge box

● ◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
12


accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

37 38
For Better Living

Functional Characteristic Application Performance


130° Two
Three-
Single ● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90°
Speed-section 1 closed
dimensional
130°
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM.
Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15° The buffer

prevention. ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
15°
● It can be used on both left and right side door. ②Two-section adjustment of closing
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 130° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
Graphics has 90°hold function.
To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Selective accessories, purchase separately


BDP40102 Bottom pivot seat BDP10002 Safety chain NEW
(Adjustable)
Left and Right Adjust Screw (Adjustment 6mm)

Front and Back Adjust Screw (Adjustment 8mm)

108
Up and Down Adjust Screw (Adjustment 5mm)

Speed Control 23

33~41
28 45
25
25 9

15
Spindle can be heightened(Please remark

5
14.
306 Ø18
before ordering if required)

45
41

150

5
34.
Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Installation location: Installed at the top of the


door sash and door frame
Standard configuration does not include the Applicable door weight: 65~400kg
Product description BDH40017 HD407 BDH40008
following accessories) Applicable door sash thickness is 40~90mm
Applicable door frame thickness is 70~130mm

BDP40001 Top pivot seat 90°hold ● ● Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction
Positioning

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size



type
Non-hold
① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door

101

>47
>39
1150~1400mm Top pivot seat
158
34

18 Door width Bottom pivot seat


● ●
3~23

1200~1400mm
Ø18 32 37

Doorway height = Door sash height+17



147
6

169 180kg
180 Maximum Adjustment Dust cover
plate
● ●
Loading
200kg

Door sash height


DX04 Bottom pivot seat Life cycle
>1,000,000
● ● ●
Cycles Door gap≥5
The floor
Main body-Gray The reserved hole
Ø18 Main Material cast-iron; Cover ● ● ●
32
45 plate—SS304 Distance between pivot and frame is 64 mm
20

● ● ●
Two speed
6

45
10 Speed control
150
section
14
● ● ●
32 Suitable
③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
-15°C~40°C Auxiliary block
Temperature Center pivot arm

● ● ●
Surface of the Floor hinge
400#Hairline
cover plate
DY05 Center pivot arm
● ● ●
Max open 323 132
130°
Insulation profile
degree Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame Standard profile
Cover
section drawing
Patent filler
● ● ●
10 34 Structure of section drawing
Double-cylinder
Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary block is based
36
main body
25

40
40
20

on the cavity of profile.


● ● ●
Cover plate
2.0mm 2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
thickness technical parameters as Page 55.
● ● ●
Floor hinge box
◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
210
10

14°
Spindle standard accessories.
● ● ● ◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
12


accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

39 40
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional
Heavy
120° Double Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
duty
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90°
120° Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM.
Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15° The buffer

①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.
● It can be used on both left and right side door. 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 120° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
Graphics has 90°hold function.
To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Selective accessories, purchase separately


BDP40102 Bottom pivot seat BDP10002 Safety chain NEW
Left and Right Adjust Screw(Adjustment 5mm) (Adjustable)

136
Speed Control

Front and Back Adjust Screw


(Adjustment 5mm)
23

Up and Down Adjust Screw (Adjustment 5mm) 33~41


28 45
25
57.5

25 9

15
293 Spindle can be heightened(Please remark

5
14.
Ø18
before ordering if required)

45
150

5
34.
Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Installation location: Installed at the top of the


door sash and door frame
Standard configuration does not include the
following accessories)
Product description BDH50011 BDH50001 Applicable door weight: 65~400kg
Applicable door sash thickness is 40~90mm
Applicable door frame thickness is 70~130mm

BDP40001 Top pivot seat 90°hold ● Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


Positioning type
Non-hold ●
① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door

>47
>39
101
Top pivot seat
158 Door width 1200~1400mm ● ●
34

18 Bottom pivot seat


3~23

Ø18 32 37 Maximum Loading 250kg ● ● Adjustment Dust cover

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


147
6

169 plate

● ●
180
Life cycle >500,000 Cycles

Door sash height


Main body-Gray
DX04 Bottom pivot seat Main Material cast-iron; Cover ● ● Door gap≥5
plate—SS304 The floor
The reserved hole
Ø18 Speed control Two speed section ● ●
32 Distance between pivot and frame is 74 mm
45
20

● ●
6

45
10 Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C
150
14
● ●
32 Surface of the cover Auxiliary block
plate
400#Hairline Center pivot arm ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover

● ●
Floor hinge
Max open degree 120°
DY05 Center pivot arm
308 148
Cover
● ●
Structure of main Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame Standard profile Insulation profile
Double-cylinder section drawing section drawing
Patent filler
body
10 34
36
● ●
25

40 Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary


40 Cover plate thickness 2.0mm
20

block is based on the cavity of profile.


2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
14° ● ● technical parameters as Page 55.
◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
210
10

Floor hinge box


Spindle
● ●
standard accessories.
◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
12


accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).

41 42
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional
Heavy Ultra
360° Single Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
duty narrow

90°
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM. Speed-section 1 closed

360° ● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. 15° 15° Speed-section 2 closed
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 0° 0°
prevention. 15° 15° ①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door. ②Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage;
90°
15°~ 0° is locking stage

Spindle can be heightened(Please remark


Installation Diagram and Product Drawing before ordering if required)

79

Up and Down Adjust Screw


Left and Right Adjust Screw (Adjustment 2mm) (Adjustment 5mm) Heightened 5、10、15、20mm
Front and Back Adjust Screw (Adjustment 2mm)

Speed Control

340
59.5

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction


Standard configuration Product description BDH50112
① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door

Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size


BDP40001 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°hold ●
Top pivot seat

>47
>39
Door width 1100~1250mm(Unilateral)
101 Bottom pivot seat


158
34

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


18 Maximum Loading 300kg
3~23

Ø18

32 37
147 Life cycle >500,000 Cycles Door gap≥6 Door gap≥6 Adjustment Dust cover
6

Door sash height


169
180 plate


Main body-Gray cast-iron;
Main Material
Cover plate—SS304
DX04 Bottom pivot seat
Speed control Two speed section ●
The floor The reserved hole
Ø18
32 Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ●
45 Auxiliary block
20
6

45 Center pivot arm



10 Surface of the cover
400#Hairline Floor hinge
150 plate
14 359
32 105
③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
Max open degree 360° ● Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame
Standard profile Insulation profile
section drawing section drawing

DY05E Center pivot arm Structure of main body Single cylinder ●


Patent filler Cover
10 34 Cover plate thickness 2.0mm ●
36
25

40 Note :1.Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliary


40
20

block is based on the cavity of profile.


/ 2.Insulation profile accessories need to be purchased separately,
technical parameters as Page 55.
210 Spindle Floor hinge box
10

6° ●
12

43 44
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 120° Double Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90°
120° Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM.
Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15° The buffer

①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.
● It can be used on both left and right side door. 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 120° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
Graphics has 90°hold function.
To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Selective accessories, purchase separately


BDP40102 Bottom pivot seat BDP10002 Safety chain NEW
Left and Right Adjust Screw (Adjustment 7mm)
(Adjustable)

4
15 Speed Control

Front and Back Adjust Screw


(Adjustment 5mm) 23

Up and Down Adjust Screw (Adjustment 5mm) 33~41


28 45
25
25 9

15
Spindle can be heightened(Please remark
62

5
14.
Ø18
before ordering if required)

45
330 150

5
34.
Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Installation location: Installed at the top of the


door sash and door frame
Standard configuration does not include the
following accessories)
Product description BDH50012 Applicable door weight: 65~400kg
Applicable door sash thickness is 40~90mm
Applicable door frame thickness is 70~130mm

BDP40001 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90°hold ● Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction

Within the cavity size


Door width 1200~1500mm ●
① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
101

>39
Top pivot seat

158
34

18 Maximum Door high 3200mm Bottom pivot seat


3~23

Doorway height = Door sash height+20


Ø18

32 37
147 Maximum Loading 300kg
6

169 Adjustment Dust cover


180 plate

>500,000 Cycles ●

Door sash height


Life cycle

DX04 Bottom pivot seat



Main body-Gray cast-iron;
Main Material Door gap≥5
Cover plate—SS304 The floor
The reserved hole
Ø18
32 Speed control Two speed section ●
45 Distance between pivot and frame is 75 mm
20
6

45

10
150
Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C
14
32
Auxiliary block

Surface of the cover
400#Hairline Center pivot arm ③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover
BDP60103 Center pivot arm plate
Floor hinge
Max open degree 120° ●
341 166
Cover
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame Standard profile

48 Patent filler
32
40
40 Structure of main body Double-cylinder section drawing
40
30

40
18

12


Note :Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliaryblock is
280 Cover plate thickness 2.0mm based on the cavity of profile.
◆When it is used for the wooden door, metal door, frame door, please select the
● standard accessories. Floor hinge box
Spindle 14°
◆When it is used for the frameless glass door, please select floor hinge without
accessories and the pivot hinge hardware (Drawing configuration is required).
45 46
For Better Living

Three-
dimensional 120° Double Two Functional Characteristic Application Performance
● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697. 90°
120° Speed-section 1 closed
● Passed the test of SGS & DGM.
Speed-section 2 closed
● Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection. door stopper
● Originate the special filler with anti-rust, water proof, keep warm, insect 15° The buffer

①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
prevention.
● It can be used on both left and right side door. 15° ②Two-section adjustment of closing
● Bidirection opening and the single side opening should be achieved by 90°~ 15° is closing stage;
auxiliary method. 120° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
90°
● Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door.
Graphics has 90°hold function.
To prevent the door from opening beyond the
maximum angle, it is recommended to install the door
stopper.

Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Selective accessories, purchase separately


BDP40102 Bottom pivot seat BDP10002 Safety chain NEW
Left and Right Adjust Screw (Adjustment 5mm) (Adjustable)
169

1 2
Speed Control
KIN LONG

Front and Back Adjust Screw 23


(Adjustment 7mm)

45
Up and Down Adjust Screw (Adjustment 5mm)
33~41
28
25
66.5

403 25

45
9
Spindle can be heightened(Please remark

15

5
14.
Ø18
before ordering if required) 150

5
34.
Heightened 5、10、15、20mm

Installation location: Installed at the top of the


door sash and door frame
Standard configuration does not include the
following accessories)
Product description BDH50013 BDH50014 Applicable door weight: 65~400kg
Applicable door sash thickness is 40~90mm
Applicable door frame thickness is 70~130mm

BDP40001 Top pivot seat Positioning type 90° ● ● Installation Diagram and Product Drawing Filler Application Instruction
● ●

Within the cavity size


Door width 1200~1500mm

● ① Put it into the floor hinge ② Fix and test the door
101
3800mm
158

>39
34

18 Maximum Door high Top pivot seat



3~23

4200mm
Bottom pivot seat Dust cover
Ø18 32 37

147
6

169 350kg
180

Doorway height = Door sash height+20


Maximum Loading
400kg ●
The floor
DX04 Bottom pivot seat Life cycle >500,000 Cycles ● ●

Door sash height


The reserved hole
Main body-Gray cast-
Main Material ● ● Door gap≥5
Ø18 iron; Cover plate—SS304
32
45 Speed control Two speed section ● ●
20
6

45
10 Distance between pivot and frame is 80mm
150
14
Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ● ●
32

③ Pour the Filler inside the box ④ Fix the cover


Surface of the cover
400#Hairline ● ●
plate Auxiliary block
Center pivot arm
● ●
BDP60003 Center pivot arm
Max open degree 120°
Floor hinge
Patent filler
● ●
Cover
90
40
Structure of main body Double-cylinde 418 190
40
18

40
Small Cover
● ●
53
12
40
40
Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame Standard profile
Cover plate thickness 2.0mm section drawing
330

● ●
30

14°
Spindle Note :Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliaryblock is based Floor hinge box
on the cavity of profile
/

47 48
For Better Living

130° Two
Three-
dimensional Double Standard products

BDH60016-09 Rear mount support BDH60016-12 Front mount support


Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
43

31.5
69
90 31.5 51

19
93
24

BDH60016-16 Undercarriage BDH60016-08 Rocker

.5
93

15
41

121

6
34

292
39

BDH60016-06 Bottom support

.8
Ø11

12
9
Ø1
45 254
0 13
M1
Functional Characteristic Product description BDH60015 BDH60016 45

15
250 34

Positioning type 90°hold ● ●


Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing
detection 800~1000mm ● Installation Diagram installtion instructions for Installation instructions
Bidirection opening and the single side open should be Door width standard accessories for optional accessories

achieved by auxiliary method
800~1200mm 98 Door frame
Suit for wooden door, metal door, glass door, frame door Door frame 251
251

(only for top installation)

45

Top hinge 4
85kg

69
69
Rocker
Maximum Loading
90° 1

1
130° 100kg

Doorway height = Door sash height+12


>500,000
door stopper 75 75
190
● ●
15° Graphics has 90°hold function. Life cycle 190
15 15
Door gap≥6 2
0° To prevent the door Cycles 2

Door sash height


15° from opening beyond 3
● ●
Main body-Grey 3
the maximum angle, it is Main Material
recommended to install the cast-iron
130°
90° door stopper.
● ●
Two speed
Speed control Door sash
section Distance between pivot and frame is 75 mm Door sash

● ●
Speed-section 1 closed
Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C
6 6
Speed-section 2 closed The buffer 4 4
Max open degree 130° ● ●
①0°is closing , 90° is positioning Undercarriage Option
Ø10.5

14
②Two-section adjustment of closing 75
BDH60016-18
● ●
Structure of main Bottom support
74
Ground axis
90°~ 15° is closing stage; Double-cylinder
body
15°~ 0° is locking stage 30 Ø11.8
80

Spindle Square Shaft ● ●

16
100 50

49 50
For Better Living

Slotting
120° Two Part Details
free
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
Rhombus Aluminium alloy machine core
edge design

High quality shaft


191
73

120
Base support Two speed section
12
10~
39

Functional Characteristic Cut-out Drawing

Concealed Floor Hinge Product description BDH70014 BDH70015


● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
● Install on ground, convenient for construction.
Positioning type 90°hold ● ● ● Has delicate appearance design, and combine the traditional floor hinge

R5
Application Performance with the bottom patch.
650~800mm ● ● No need to dig hole, shortening construction period, and do not destroy
Door width the floor structure.
90°
120° 750~900mm ● ● The base is adjustable: front and back ±3 mm, left and right ± 3 mm,
angle ± 4 °. 178

56
door stopper 85Kg ● ● The door sash can be opened in both directions, one-way opening must
15°

Maximum Loading be realized by other methods.
15°
100Kg ● ● It’s suitable for the frameless glass door.
>300,000
Life cycle ● ●
120° Cycles Installation Diagram and Product Drawing
90°
Main Body Material Aluminum alloy ● ●

Two speed
Application Performance Speed control ● ●
section
Speed-section 1 closed ◆Concealed floor hinge can be used with
Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ● ● door control hardware. (See the form below)
Speed-section 2 closed
Buffer zone Max open degree 120° ● ●
64 5 64 No. Name Page
6 6
①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Spindle 3° ● ●
②Two-section adjustment of closing

Door sash height


1 Upper patch KMJ44320 P139
90°~ 15° is closing stage;

Doorway
Structure of main body Mirror + Satin ● ●
15°~ 0° is locking stage
2 Top patch KMJ44330 P139
Steel cover thickness 1.0mm ● ●
Door Width Door Width Top pivot seat
3 P23/P15
BDP30001/DS05
Steel cover material S.S 304 ● ●
Top Pivot KHY53520
glass 4 P196
10~12mm ● ● KHY53511
thickness10~12mm Glass door sash height cutting size = doorway - 20 (upper and lower door seam)

51 52
For Better Living

Slotting
free 120° Two NEW Part Details
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
High quality shaft Aluminium alloy machine core

191
73

Base support Two speed section


120

12
10~
39

Functional Characteristic Cut-out Drawing

Concealed Floor Hinge Product description BDH70114 BDH70115


● Passed the test of industrial standard QB/T 2697.
● Install on ground, convenient for construction.
Positioning type 90°hold ● ● ● Has delicate appearance design, and combine the traditional floor hinge

R5
Application Performance with the bottom patch.
650~800mm ● ● No need to dig hole, shortening construction period, and do not destroy
Door width the floor structure.
90°
120° 750~900mm ● ● The base is adjustable: front and back ±3 mm, left and right ± 3 mm,
angle ± 4 °. 178

56
door stopper 85Kg ● ● The door sash can be opened in both directions, one-way opening must
15°

Maximum Loading be realized by other methods.
15°
100Kg ● ● It’s suitable for the frameless glass door.

Life cycle >30 Cycles ● ●


120°
90° Installation Diagram and Product Drawing
Main Body Material Aluminum alloy ● ●

Two speed
Application Performance Speed control ● ●
section
Speed-section 1 closed ◆Concealed floor hinge can be used with
Suitable Temperature -15°C~40°C ● ● door control hardware. (See the form below)
Speed-section 2 closed
Buffer zone Max open degree 120° ● ●
64 5 64 No. Name Page
6 6
①0°is closing , 90° is positioning
Spindle 3° ● ●
②Two-section adjustment of closing

Door sash height


1 Upper patch KMJ4432A P140
90°~ 15° is closing stage;

Doorway
Structure of main body Mirror + Satin ● ●
15°~ 0° is locking stage
2 Top patch KMJ4433A P140
Steel cover thickness 1.0mm ● ●
Door Width Door Width Top pivot seat
3 P23/P15
BDP30001/DS05
Steel cover material S.S 304 ● ●
Top Pivot KHY53520
glass 4 P196
10~12mm ● ● KHY53511
thickness10~12mm Glass door sash height cutting size = doorway - 20 (upper and lower door seam)

53 54
For Better Living

Accessories for insulation profile Accessories for circular tube profile

BDP70001 Top pivot seat DX07 Bottom pivot seat DY07 Center pivot arm BDP30001 Top pivot seat DX09 Bottom pivot seat DY09 Center pivot arm
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
10
34
101 Ø18 36
30 40

46
43

160

31
Ø18
20

31 40 101
6

90

20
10 15 ~ 2
2
3~23

34
130 22.5
151 14 25
Ø18 31 55

18
45

3~23
50 46 30

15
147 25
6

25 30
169 Ø12
210 25 30 Ø12 25 40
178 150 10

5
40
168 10
176 230
185

12

7
25

10
BDP70201 Top pivot seat BDP70202 Bottom pivot seat BDP70203 Center pivot
arm

Other optional accessories

99 BDP40002 Bottom pivot seat BDP40102 Bottom pivot seat BDP70002 Bottom pivot seat
10
3~23 33.5

(Adjustable) (Adjustable) (Adjustable)


27
New New
131 29
29~3 31
6 22 38
40
40
38

56
22
14

Ø12 46
16

151 24 9
Ø 12
5

24

169
175 130

9
220
40

BDP70301 Top pivot seatNew BDP70302 Bottom pivotNew


seat BDP70303 New
Center pivot
arm

Ø18 32
42
42
16 33~41

20
6
28
25 Ø18
25 9

15
30

13.5
26.5

5
32

14.
150 20 Ø18 48.5
25
150

19.5

6
5
34.

.5
26

45
151 20

34~ 4
101 0
34

10
34
37 36
14

40
20 54

39

40
3~23

Ø12
15
50
25

Ø12
37

48 53
49

130 50
150 210
168 12
176

55 56
For Better Living

Safety chain (selective accessories) Auxiliary block of floor hinge accessories (optional)

BDP10201 Upper pivot seat block BDP10202 Pivot base block BDP10203 Center rocker pad
BDP10001 Safety chain BDP10002 Safety chain New
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
46.5 15.5
23 36 16 22.5
28 7
7 15
28

36
40

7
65

19
50

16

14
29
45 14 40

24
21.5
25
36 84

10
17
52 70

45
42

19
175

19

52
BDP10301 Upper pivot seat block BDP10303 Center rocker pad

Installation location: Installed Installation location: Installed at the top of the


at the top of the door sash and door sash and door frame 15
40
Applicable door weight: 65~400kg

7
door frame

14
40
Applicable door weight: 65~400kg Applicable door sash thickness is 40~90mm

24
Applicable door frame thickness is 70~130mm

23.5

10
70

60.5
50.5

19
175

19
33
19 9

15
2
14

52
49.3

Installation Diagram

Installation Diagram Floor hinge accessories auxiliaryblock


Within the cavity size

Within the cavity size

Upper pivot seat block


>47
>37

Top pivot seat


Bottom pivot seat Pivot base block
Doorway height = Door sash height+17

Doorway height = Door sash height+17


Door sash height
Door sash height

Name Code Upper pivot seat block Pivot base block Center rocker pad
Door gap≥5
Door gap≥6 DS05
Top pivot BDP10201/
/ /
seat BDP30001
BDP10301
Distance between pivot and frame is 64mm

Distance between pivot and frame is 64mm


DX05
Bottom
/ BDP10202 /
pivot seat DX03
Auxiliary block
Center pivot arm
Center rocker pad Center BDP10203/
DY05 / /
Floor hinge pivot arm BDP10303

Horizontal joint drawing for Floor hinge door with frame Standard profile Insulation profile
section drawing section drawing

Note: Standard product has no auxiliaryblock, the thickness of auxiliaryblock is


based on the cavity of profile

57 58
For Better Living

Configuration comparison table of standard floor hinge accessories

Standard profile Insulation profile


No. Floor hinge code
Top pivot seat Bottom pivot Center pivot Top pivot seat Bottom pivot seat Center pivot arm
Floor Hinge

Floor Hinge
code seat code arm code code code code
1 BDH80116/BDH80216 BDP30001 DX03

2 HD101/HDF101

3 HD102
DS05 DX05
4 HD103/BDH10003

02
5 HD201

6 BDH20114

7 BDH20216

8 BDH20214/BDH20204

9 HD203/HDF203 BDP70001/
DX07/BDP70202/ DY07/BDP70203/
BDP70201/
BDP70302 BDP70303
10 HD204 BDP70301

11 BDH20314/BDH20304 DY05

12 BDH20315/BDH20305 BDP30001 DX03

13 HD205/HDF205

14 HD304
Door Closer
15 HD305

16 HD403

17 HD405

18 HD406/HDF406

19 BDH40017

20 HD407/BDH40008 DY07
BDP70001 DX07
21 BDH50011/BDH50001

22 BDH50112 BDP40001 DX04 DY05E DY07E

23 BDH50012 BDP60103

24 BDH50013 / / /
BDP60003
25 BDH50014

Matters need attention:


● The selection is mainly based on the width, weight of the door and the actual situation of the project;

Improper selection will affect the using effectiveness and product life.

● Glass door weight (kg) = glass area (㎡) x glass thickness (mm) x 2.56 (density)

● Profile door weight (kg) = glass area (㎡) x glass thickness (mm) x 2.56 (density) x 1.2 (safety coefficient)

● Whole door weight (kg) = glass door weight / profile door weight + all parts weight

Glass door weight list


Common glass
8mm 10mm 12mm 15mm 19mm
thickness
Weight per (㎡) 20.5Kg 25.6Kg 30.7Kg 38.4Kg 48.6Kg

59 *图片已申请版权,翻版必究 60
For Better Living

Door Closer List Door Closer List


Product Maximum Service Speed Product Maximum Service Speed
Diagram Product code Positioning type Door width page Diagram Code Positioning type Door width page
Categories Loading life control Categories Loading life control
>500,000 Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
BBM40015 Remote control 90 °positioning 800~1200mm 150Kg / P65 BZ803
withdrawn
850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P116
Cycles

>500,000 Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed


BBM40018 Remote control 90 °positioning 800~1400mm 200Kg / P67 BZ804
withdrawn
1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P116
Cycles
Electric door
closer
>500,000 >300,000 Two speed
BBM40005 Remote control 90 °positioning 800~1200mm 150Kg / P71 BBM80103 Non-hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P117
Cycles

>500,000 >300,000 Two speed


BBM40008 Remote control 90 °positioning 800~1400mm 200Kg / P73 BBM80104 Non-hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P117
Door Closer

Door Closer
Cycles

Hold can be anywhere and >300,000 Two speed


≥2000,000 Two speed BBM80113 850~1100mm 65Kg P118
BBM60006 Non-hold 650~1500mm 15~150Kg
Cycles section
P93 withdrawn Cycles section

Hold can be anywhere and >300,000 Two speed


≥2000,000 Two speed BBM80114
withdrawn
1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P118
BBM60106 Non-hold 650~1500mm 15~150Kg
Cycles section
P94
American
Standard
>500,000 Two speed
Certification ≥2000,000 Two speed BBM90002 Non-hold 650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P119
BBM60206 Non-hold 650~1500mm 15~150Kg
Cycles section
P95

>500,000 Two speed


>500,000 Two speed BBM90003 Non-hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P119
BBM60014(New) Non-hold 650~1100mm 45~85kg
Cycles section
P96
Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
>300,000 Two speed
BBM90012
withdrawn
650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P120
GA93-2CI(B401) Non-hold 650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P98
Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
BBM90013
withdrawn
850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P120
>300,000 Two speed
GA93-3CI(B103) Non-hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P99
>500,000 Two speed
BBM90103 Non-hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P121
>300,000 Two speed
GA93-4CI(B104) Non-hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P100
>500,000 Two speed
BBM90104 Non-hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P122
>200,000 Two speed
GA93-2PII (YB301) Non-hold 650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P101
>500,000 Two speed
BBM90004 Non-hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P123
Fire-proof >200,000 Two speed
certification
GA93-2PII (YB305) Non-hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P101
>500,000 Two speed
European BBM90006 Non-hold 850~1600mm 85Kg~150Kg
Cycles section
P124
>200,000 Two speed standard,
GA93-2PII(YB306) Non-hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P101 Construction
standard >300,000 Two speed
B104 Non-hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P125
>300,000 Two speed
XF93-2PI(BBM30114) Non-hold 650~1100mm 45~85Kg
Cycles section
P102
>300,000 Two speed
BBM10014 90°hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P126
>300,000 Two speed
GA93-5CI(BBM80105) Non-hold 1100~1300mm 100Kg
Cycles section
P103
>500,000 Two speed
BBM80105 Non-hold 1100~1300mm 100Kg
Cycles section
P127
>300,000 Two speed
GA93-5CI(B415) Non-hold 1150~1400mm 120Kg
Cycles section
P104
Hold can be anywhere and >300,000 Two speed
BBM80212
withdrawn
650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P128
>300,000 Two speed
B401 Non-hold 650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P107
>500,000 Two speed
BBM90105(New) Non-hold 650~1200mm 25-120kg
Cycles section
P129
>500,000 Two speed
BBM10012 90°hold 650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P108
>500,000 Two speed
B415 Non-hold 1150~1400mm 120Kg
Cycles section
P130
>500,000 Two speed
B103 Non-hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P109 Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
BBM90115
withdrawn
650~1200mm 25~85Kg
Cycles section
P131
>500,000 Two speed
BBM10013 90°hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P110 Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
YB301
withdrawn
650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P132

>500,000 Two speed


European B701 Non-hold 650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P111 Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
standard,
YB305
withdrawn
850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P132
Construction
standard Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
BZ701 650~900mm 45Kg P112 Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
withdrawn Cycles section YB306
withdrawn
1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P132

>500,000 Two speed


B802 Non-hold 650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P113 BBM30112
Hold can be anywhere and
650~900mm 45Kg
>300,000 Two speed
P133
withdrawn Cycles section

Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
BZ802
withdrawn
650~900mm 45Kg
Cycles section
P114 BBM30113 850~1100mm 65Kg P134
withdrawn Cycles section

>500,000 Two speed Hold can be anywhere and >500,000 Two speed
B803 Non-hold 850~1100mm 65Kg
Cycles section
P115 BBM30114 650~1100mm 45~85Kg P135
withdrawn Cycles section

>500,000 Two speed Hold can be anywhere and >300,000 Two speed
B804 Non-hold 1000~1250mm 85Kg
Cycles section
P115 BBM30115 1100~1300mm 100Kg P136
withdrawn Cycles section

61 62
For Better Living

Door closer function check list Door closer function check list

Two speed section

Two speed section


Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle

Opening angle
Torque adjustable

Torque adjustable
Opening-delayed

Opening-delayed
Opening-Bufferd

Opening-Bufferd
Surface installed

Surface installed
Product code

installation

installation
Concealed

Concealed
Non-hold

Non-hold
Electrical

Electrical
Code
hold

hold
type

type

type

type
90° 110° 135° 180° 90° 110° 135° 180°

BBM40015 ● ● ● BZ804 ● ● ● ●

BBM40018 ● ● ● BBM80103 ● ● ● ●
Door Closer

Door Closer
BBM40005 ● ● ● BBM80104 ● ● ● ●

BBM40008 ● ● ● BBM80113 ● ● ● ●

BBM60006 ● ● ● ● ● ●
BBM80114 ● ● ● ●

BBM60106 ● ● ● ● ● ●
BBM90002 ● ● ● ●

BBM60206 ● ● ● ● ● ●
BBM90003 ● ● ● ●

BBM60014(New) ● ● ● ● ●
BBM90012 ● ● ● ●

GA93-2CI(B401) ● ● ● ●
BBM90013 ● ● ● ●

GA93-3CI(B103) ● ● ● ●
BBM90103 ● ● ● ● ●

GA93-4CI(B104) ● ● ● ●
BBM90104 ● ● ● ● ●
GA93-2PII (YB301) ● ● ● ●
BBM90004 ● ● ● ●
GA93-2PII (YB305) ● ● ● ●
BBM90006 ● ● ● ● ● ●
GA93-2PII(YB306) ● ● ● ●
B104 ● ● ● ●
XF93-2PI(BBM30114) ● ● ● ● ●
BBM10014 ● ● ● ●
GA93-5CI(BBM80105) ● ● ● ●
BBM80105 ● ● ● ●
GA93-5CI(B415) ● ● ● ●
BBM80212 ● ● ● ●
B401 ● ● ● ●

BBM90105(New) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
BBM10012 ● ● ● ●

B415 ● ● ● ●
B103 ● ● ● ●

BBM90115 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
BBM10013 ● ● ● ●

YB301 ● ● ● ●
B701 ● ● ● ●

YB305 ● ● ● ●
BZ701 ● ● ● ●

YB306 ● ● ● ●
B802 ● ● ● ●

BZ802 ● ● ● ● BBM30112 ● ● ● ●

B803 ● ● ● ● BBM30113 ● ● ● ●

B804 ● ● ● ● BBM30114 ● ● ● ● ●

BZ803 ● ● ● ● BBM30115 ● ● ● ●

63 64
For Better Living

Construction wiring diagram and precautions for the integrated configuration scheme of
electric door closers:
① =RVV-3×1.5mm², optional line pipe φ10mm pull wire, use this line type to indicate:
② =RVV-2×0.5mm², optional line pipe φ10mm pull wire, use this line type to indicate:
③ =RVV-3×0.5mm², optional line pipe φ10mm pull wire, use this line type to indicate:
④ =RVV-4×0.5mm², optional line pipe φ10mm pull wire, use this line type to indicate:
⑤ =RVV-6×0.5mm², optional wire tube φ10mm pull wire, use this line type to indicate:
Cable information is reasonably pulled according to the actual situation on site

AC100~240V socket
Door Closer

Door Closer
① ①
Warning: All the power and devices
should be disconnected before
Double door sync line wiring,otherwise it will be dangerous.We
③ are not responsible for any abnormal that
caused by the connection of power with

Electric Door Closer


devices
②② ②
⑤ ⑤

Contactless door hardware


integration solutions

�d�$�N�$�c�$�R

indoor ②

outdoor

Precautions for installation and wiring:


1. This wiring diagram is a simplified schematic diagram of symbols. For detailed function debugging and port wiring positions, please operate according to the
installation instructions.
2. This wiring diagram: the left door is the driven door, and the right door is the active door. If the positions of the master and slave doors are opposite, the
corresponding wiring distribution should also be changed simultaneously.
3. The product position shown by the solid line is placed on the outside, and the product position shown by the dotted line is placed on the inside
4. Please select the electric door closer according to the load-bearing capacity and width of the door sash.
5. Installation precautions: the height of the door frame should be ≥130mm.
6. Voltage designing is suitable for various wide range and power for AC100V-240V.
7. Electric door closers are only suitable for one-way opening not applicable for two-way opening.
8. The electric door closer and its supporting electronic products do not have the waterproof function, and cannot be installed in the outdoor, humid, snowy and
other environments. The installation site must have conditions for sheltering from rain.
9. Under the power-on condition, the electric door closer product itself has the function of automatically opening and closing the door, and it is forbidden to apply
external force to force the opening and closing of the door.
10.The safety sensor devices without safety light screen and laser sensor can not be used for anti-striking and anti-clamping.We will not be responsible any
abnormal that caused by the unsuitable installation.
11.Due to the differences in voltage, current, power and other factors of electronic products, we cannot guarantee that other companies' electronic products can

Remote door Induction door Face recognition door Password/


be used with our electric door closers. We will not be responsible for any abnormalities.

65opening opening opening fingerprint/card to 66


open the door
For Better Living

BBM40015 Hold Electric


Additional device ● Standard
Electric door closer Functional Characteristic (Multifunctional expansion) ○ Optional page

● Past qualify— GB/T 34616 General Technical Requirements Test for Remote controls ● P67
● Pedestrian Automatic Doors
● Past qualify— JG/T 305 Pedestrian Automatic Door Safety Switch ○ P80
Requirements Test
● Past qualify EN16005 EU CE certification Microwave sensor ○ P80
Only meet one-way opening;Stop or move backward when meets
obstacle, safe and convenient Magnetic lock ○ P306
Door Closer

Door Closer
● Both left and right doors can be used, regardless of left and right side.
● suitable for wooden doors, metal doors, framed doors and other door Safety light curtain ○ P81
types
● Using brushless motor and Hall transducer, long life cycle, low working Door access control machine ○ P308
noise,
● Opening method: fingerprint/ access card/ switch/ sensor/ face Laser sensor ○ P83-86
recognition opening
Contactless switch ○ P83
☆Tips
1.Electric door closer can realizes various functions, it is necessary Backup power ○ P80
to order optional accessories according to different functional
10 inch smart door cloud host

characteristics Gemvary
(Need to configure Android cloud door host
2.Safety light curtain and sensor installing place should avoid direct power supply) Products
sunlight.
3.Electric door closers and their supporting electronic products are not
waterproof, and cannot be installed in outdoor, humid, snowy and
other environments. The installation site must have conditions for
sheltering from rain.

Technical Parameters Dimensions

Max loading 150kg Installation schematic


95 475

Door width 800~1200mm

82
Life cycle >500000 cycles
149

43

Motor DC24V 55W(Brushless)


31 504

Voltage AC100~240V

Frequency 50 Hz~60 Hz

Open door operation


≤300mm/s
speed Installation form Upside down installation
Standard Products
Speed of closed
≤300mm/s Opening direction Open inward
door operation BBM40015-01 Remote Controls

Buffer speed 10 ~ 50mm/s Hinge installation Indoor

Motor switch orientation Right


Open door hold time 1 ~ 20s(Adjustable)
Preload angle No need preload
Manual opening
≤150N
force Maximum opening angle 110°
Reverse blocking
≤220N
force

Running noise ≤60dB

Working temperature -20~55℃

Switchboard power
80W
consumption

67 68
For Better Living

BBM40018 Hold Electric


Additional device ● Standard
Electric door closer Functional Characteristic (Multifunctional expansion) ○ Optional page

● Past qualify— GB/T 34616 General Technical Requirements Test for Remote controls ● P69
● Pedestrian Automatic Doors
● Past qualify— JG/T 305 Pedestrian Automatic Door Safety Switch ○ P80
Requirements Test
● Past qualify EN16005 EU CE certification Microwave sensor ○ P80
Only meet one-way opening;Stop or move backward when meets
obstacle, safe and convenient Magnetic lock ○ P306
Door Closer

Door Closer
● Both left and right doors can be used, regardless of left and right side.
● suitable for wooden doors, metal doors, framed doors and other door Safety light curtain ○ P81
types
● Using brushless motor and Hall transducer, long life cycle, low working Door access control machine ○ P308
noise,
● Opening method: fingerprint/ access card/ switch/ sensor/ face Laser sensor ○ P85-88
recognition opening
Contactless switch ○ P83
☆Tips
1.Electric door closer can realizes various functions, it is necessary Backup power ○ P80
to order optional accessories according to different functional
10 inch smart door cloud host

characteristics Gemvary
(Need to configure Android cloud door host
2.Safety light curtain and sensor installing place should avoid direct power supply) Products
sunlight.
3.Electric door closers and their supporting electronic products are not
waterproof, and cannot be installed in outdoor, humid, snowy and
other environments. The installation site must have conditions for
sheltering from rain.

Technical Parameters Dimensions

Max loading 200kg Installation schematic


518 117
Door width 800~1400mm 81

Life cycle >500000 cycles

157
43

Motor DC24V 55W(Brushless)


504 31

Voltage AC100~240V

Frequency 50 Hz~60 Hz

Open door
≤300mm/s
operation speed Installation form Upside down installation
Standard Products
Speed of closed
≤300mm/s Opening direction Open inward
door operation BBM40015-01 Remote Controls

Buffer speed 10 ~ 50mm/s Hinge installation Indoor

Open door hold Motor switch orientation Right


0 ~ 60s(Adjustable)
time
Preload angle No need preload
Manual opening
≤150N
force Maximum opening angle 110°
Reverse blocking
≤220N
force

Running noise ≤60dB

Working
-20~55℃
temperature
Switchboard power
85W
consumption

69 70
For Better Living

Electric door closer, rocker arm type contactless door hardware Electric door closer, rocker arm type contactless door hardware
integrated configuration scheme (outdoor) integrated configuration scheme (indoor)
Door Closer

Door Closer
Electric door closerX2(Standard)
Double door magnetic lockX1(Optional)

Contactless switchX1(Optional)
or Press switchX1(Optional)
Laser sensor X2 pairs(Optional)

or Safety light curtain X2 (Optional)

Hinge X6 pairs(Optional)

10 inch smart door cloud host X1


(Optional)
(Need to configure Android cloud
door host power supply)
or Door access control machineX1
(Optional)

71 * Image copyright has been applied for, piracy must be investigated * Image copyright has been applied for, piracy must be investigated 72
For Better Living

BBM40005 Hold Electric


Additional device ● Standard
Electric door closer Functional Characteristic (Multifunctional expansion) ○ Optional page

● Past qualify— GB/T 34616 General Technical Requirements Test for Remote controls ● P73
Pedestrian Automatic Doors
● Past qualify— JG/T 305 Pedestrian Automatic Door Safety Switch ○ P80
Requirements Test
● Past qualify EN16005 EU CE certification Microwave sensor ○ P80
Only meet one-way opening;Stop or move backward when meets
obstacle, safe and convenient Magnetic lock ○ P306
Door Closer

Door Closer
● Both left and right doors can be used, regardless of left and right side.
● suitable for wooden doors, metal doors, framed doors and other door Safety light curtain ○ P81
types
● Using brushless motor and Hall transducer, long life cycle, low working Door access control machine ○ P308
noise,
● Opening method: fingerprint/ access card/ switch/ sensor/ face Laser sensor ○ P85-88
recognition opening
Contactless switch ○ P83

☆Tips Backup power ○ P80


1.Electric door closer can realizes various functions, it is necessary
to order optional accessories according to different functional 10 inch smart door cloud host

Gemvary
characteristics (Need to configure Android cloud door host
Products
power supply)
2.Safety light curtain and sensor installing place should avoid direct
sunlight.
3.Electric door closers and their supporting electronic products are not
waterproof, and cannot be installed in outdoor, humid, snowy and
other environments. The installation site must have conditions for
sheltering from rain.
Technical Parameters Dimensions

Max loading 150kg Installation schematic

Door width 800~1200mm

Life cycle >500000 cycles

Motor DC24V 55W(Brushless)


274

82

Voltage AC100~240V
Installation form Upside down installation

95
Frequency 50 Hz~60 Hz
Opening direction Open-out
Open door operation
≤300mm/s 22 65 Hinge installation Outdoor
speed
475
Speed of closed door Motor switch orientation Right
≤300mm/s
operation
Preload angle No need preload
Buffer speed 10 ~ 50mm/s
Standard Products
Maximum opening angle 110°
Open door hold time 1 ~ 20s(Adjustable) BBM40015-01 Remote Controls

Manual opening force ≤150N

Reverse blocking
≤220N
force

Running noise ≤60dB

Working temperature -20~55℃

Switchboard power
85W
consumption
73 74
For Better Living

BBM40008 Hold Electric


Additional device ● Standard
Electric door closer Functional Characteristic (Multifunctional expansion) ○ Optional page

● Past qualify— GB/T 34616 General Technical Requirements Test for Remote controls ● P75
Pedestrian Automatic Doors
● Past qualify— JG/T 305 Pedestrian Automatic Door Safety Switch ○ P80
Requirements Test
● Past qualify EN16005 EU CE certification Microwave sensor ○ P80
Only meet one-way opening;Stop or move backward when meets
obstacle, safe and convenient Magnetic lock ○ P306
Door Closer

Door Closer
● Both left and right doors can be used, regardless of left and right side.
● suitable for wooden doors, metal doors, framed doors and other door Safety light curtain ○ P81
types
● Using brushless motor and Hall transducer, long life cycle, low working Door access control machine ○ P308
noise,
● Opening method: fingerprint/ access card/ switch/ sensor/ face Laser sensor ○ P85-88
recognition opening
Contactless switch ○ P83

☆Tips Backup power ○ P80


1.Electric door closer can realizes various functions, it is necessary
to order optional accessories according to different functional 10 inch smart door cloud host

Gemvary
characteristics (Need to configure Android cloud door host
Products
power supply)
2.Safety light curtain and sensor installing place should avoid direct
sunlight.
3.Electric door closers and their supporting electronic products are not
waterproof, and cannot be installed in outdoor, humid, snowy and
other environments. The installation site must have conditions for
sheltering from rain.
Technical Parameters Dimensions

Max loading 200kg Installation schematic

Door width 800~1400mm

Life cycle >500000 cycles


276

Motor DC24V 55W(Brushless) 81

Voltage AC100~240V
Installation form Upside down installation

117
Frequency 50 Hz~60 Hz
Opening direction Open-out
Open door operation
≤300mm/s 22 65
speed Hinge installation Outdoor
518
Speed of closed door
≤300mm/s Motor switch orientation Right
operation
Preload angle No need preload
Buffer speed 10 ~ 50mm/s
Standard Products
Maximum opening angle 110°
Open door hold time 0 ~ 60s(Adjustable) BBM40015-01 Remote Controls

Manual opening force ≤150N

Reverse blocking
≤220N
force

Running noise ≤60dB

Working temperature -20~55℃

Switchboard power
85W
consumption

75 76
For Better Living

Electric door closer, rocker arm type contactless door hardware Electric door closer, rocker arm type contactless door hardware
integrated configuration scheme (outdoor) integrated configuration scheme (indoor)

Microwave sensorX1(Optional)
Door Closer

Door Closer
Contactless switchX1(Optional)
or Press switchX1(Optional)

Electric door closerX2(Standard)

Laser sensor X2 pairs(Optional)

or Safety light curtain X2 (Optional)

Hinge X3 pairs(Optional)

Double door magnetic lockX1


(Optional)

10 inch smart door cloud host X1


(Optional)
(Need to configure Android cloud
door host power supply)
or Door access control machineX1
(Optional)

77 * Image copyright has been applied for, piracy must be investigated * Image copyright has been applied for, piracy must be investigated 78
For Better Living

Standard accessories for electric floor hinges and door closers

BBM40015-10 Switch

main material ABS

Dimensions 86*86(panel)

Features Click to open the door (press type)


Door Closer

Door Closer
BBM40015/BBM40005

Applicable product model BBM40018/BBM40008

BDH80116/BDH80216

BBM40015-09 Microwave Sensor

main material ABS

Surface treatment black

Technical Principle Microwave Doppler radar

Transmit frequency 24.15GHz

< 5 mW /cm
2
Transmit power

Installation height ≤3.2m

Operating Voltage AC/DC 12V-24V

Detection method mobile

BBM40015/BBM40005/BBM40018/BBM40008
Applicable product model
BDH80116/BDH80216

BBP40501 Backup power

Types of Rechargeable lead-acid battery

Capacity 24V/5.6AH

Power supply time Normal power supply for 2h

BBM40015/BBM40005
Applicable product model
BBM40018/BBM40008

Standard 1 charger and 1 set of rechargeable lead-acid

BDP80001 backup battery

physical dimension 155mmX50mmX70mm

Input voltage DC24V

The output voltage DC24V/2.6AH

Capacity 2000mAh

Endurance Normal power supply for 2h

Applicable product model BDH80116/BDH80216

79 80
For Better Living

BBP40101 Electric
Installation instructions
Safety light curtain
•When the installation height is 2 m, the spot diameter is about 75 mm
• Short response time (< 30 ms)
•Up to 2.5m

① 4-button remote control


Fully locked, always on, automatic, jog

② Hand sensor switch


Door Closer

Door Closer
contactless, door opening
by induction

③ Go out and open the door


Press to open the door

④ Safety light curtain


Infrared induction, anti-pinch, safety
guarantee

application
Technical Parameters Functional Characteristic Dangerous spots on swing doors
Solution: Effectively protect people and objects to prevent being caught by the door
Sensing height < 2.5 m Advantages: The safety light curtain device can protect all sides to the greatest
● he detection area can be adjusted freely, the maximum sensing height extent. Can be installed when moving or stationary
100-2500 mm(Static) is 2.5m, suitable for all kinds of automatic swing doors.
Detection area
500-2500 mm(Move) ● When the red LED light detects an object, it will glow to ensure the
safety of the door sash area.
Response time About 30 ms
● The safety light curtain has the functions of anti-collision and anti-
17-30 VDC pinch. It can stop the door sash when it senses obstacles, providing
Input voltage safety protection.
18-28 VAC
● When installing the safety light curtain, avoid exposure to rain and Start and protect the swing door
Current consumption < 110 mA direct sunlight on the head position. Solution: Use the safety light curtain as the door opening sensor,
other sensor modules can be used with this product Used together to
Test input +UB = 17-30 VDC(Static mode only) strengthen protection
Advantages: only one safety light curtain is needed to achieve door
Response time (with test opening and protection functions
signal) Max 500 ms

Relay, converter contact


Output 48 VAC/DC,0.5A AC/1A DC
55 VA/24 W
Enter through a swing door
Solution: Ensure that the primary and secondary hazardous areas are protected. In
Maximum 150 ms (static)
Release time after detection addition, the product also provides the best safety for the entire door sash
Maximum 2 s (moving) Advantages: It is completely suitable for all kinds of doors. The safety light curtain
device with moderate length can be selected according to your needs and quantity,
Operating temperature -20℃ to 60℃ and it can protect all areas to the greatest extent

Environment humidity < 95%,no condensation

Dimensions

38
41.5

720
755

81 82
For Better Living

BBP40401 Electric

Contactless switch

Wiring instructions Application wiring diagram

Door open signa


Door Closer

Door Closer
orange NC
Normally closed point Controller
COM
yellow Common point



12-24V
NO
blue Normally open
green AC/DC
power input
red 12V~24V red green blue yellow orange

Application purpose

Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic

Sensing distance 3-30cm


12

Power supply AC/DC12-24V 86 14

The best switch sensor for places that need a


clean room environment (such as: operating room,
Quiescent Current 7 . 3 m A ( D C 1 2 Vpower supply) purification room, etc.)
86

WAVE
Operating current 4 2 m A ( D C 1 2 Vpower supply)

Relay output Normally open / normally closed

Relay contact capacity 24VDC 1A

● The induction adopts infrared modulation and demodulation, which


Infrared modulation is not easy to be misjudged by interference.
frequency
38KHz
● Contactlessby hand or front of reflective objects, clean and hygienic.
High-sensitivity infrared pair tube, prompt and convenient
● induction.
Response time 30ms Standard 86-type switch panel design, convenient for installation in
● various occasions.
The panel adopts laser engraving technology, which is novel and
Output hold time 100ms ● fashionable.
Relay dry contact output, convenient for connection with various
Contactless switches for doors in restaurants, etc.
● door control equipment.
Operating temperature -20℃ ~45℃

Working humidity 10~90%RH

83 84
For Better Living

BBP40601 Electric Optional accessories Installation instructions

Laser sensor BBP40701 Remote Control (Optional)


In order to ensure safety, one set (2) of laser sensors must be installed on
both the inside and outside of each door sash, and the two laser sensors
are connected through the main accessory module connection cable.
Door Closer

Door Closer
Installation and debugging use, purchase separately

Detection area

Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic


4m (diagonal), reflectivity 2% (that is, when the width is 1.5m, the
Maximum detection range 147
highest is 3.7m)

Opening angle of detection


Door sash protection zone: 90°/ Anti-pinch protection zone: 16°
area

Angular resolution Door sash protection zone: 1.3°/ Anti-pinch protection zone: 0.2°
143 34
Standard minimum target
size 10 cm @ 4m (Proportional to the distance to the target, DIP 2 = ON)
Door sector 2 cm @ 4m (proportional to the distance to the target, DIP 2 = ON)
Anti-pinch area
97

700mm × 300mm × 200mm(The test body CA conforms to EN 16005 and


86

Test body
DIN 18650 standards)

Infrared laser: wavelength 905nm; maximum output pulse power 25W;


Source characteristics
level 1 Door safety area Anti-pinch safe area Blind spot
Standard target size: 10 cm @4 m Standard target size: 2cm @4m Adjust by remote control, factory value: 10 cm
Supply voltage 12 ~ 24V DC ±15 %

power ≤ 2W

Response time Door safety zone: up to 50ms / anti-pinch safety zone: up to 90ms

2 electronic relays (isolated-no polarity) ● The detection area is adjustable, up to 4m (diagonal), suitable for
Output
42V AC/DC various automatic swing doors.
Maximum switching voltage
100 mA
● 170 laser points, 100% ensure the safety of the door sash area.
Not affected by the ground and environment, stable and reliable
LED-signal 1 two-color LED: detection / output status operation.
● Extended area protection function to ensure the safety of the door.
Material-color PC/ASA-black ● Innovative hinge area protection can detect small objects like fingers.

Slope +2° ~ +10° (without mounting base)

Temperature range -20°C ~ 60°C(Under power supply)

Environment humidity 0 ~ 95%,No condensation

Vibration < 2G

Minimum door opening


2°/秒
speed

85 86
For Better Living

BBP40801L New Electric BBP40801R New Electric

Laser sensor(one-sided) Laser sensor(one-sided)


Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
4m (diagonal), reflectivity 2% (that is, when the width is 1.5m, the 4m (diagonal), reflectivity 2% (that is, when the width is 1.5m, the
Maximum detection range Maximum detection range
highest is 3.7m) highest is 3.7m)

Opening angle of detection 147 Opening angle of detection


Door sash protection zone: 90° Door sash protection zone: 90°
area area 147

Angular resolution Door sash protection zone: 1.3° Angular resolution Door sash protection zone: 1.3°

Standard minimum target Standard minimum target


size 143 34 size
Door sector 10 cm @ 4m (Proportional to the distance to the target, DIP 2 = ON) Door sector 10 cm @ 4m (Proportional to the distance to the target, DIP 2 = ON)
Anti-pinch area Anti-pinch area 143 34
700mm × 300mm × 200mm(The test body CA conforms to EN 16005 and 700mm × 300mm × 200mm(The test body CA conforms to EN 16005 and
Test body Test body
DIN 18650 standards) DIN 18650 standards)
97

86

Infrared laser: wavelength 905nm; maximum output pulse power 25W; Infrared laser: wavelength 905nm; maximum output pulse power 25W;
Source characteristics Source characteristics

97
level 1 level 1

86
Supply voltage 12 ~ 24V DC ±15 % Supply voltage 12 ~ 24V DC ±15 %

power ≤ 2W power ≤ 2W

Response time Door safety zone: up to 50ms Response time Door safety zone: up to 50ms

2 electronic relays (isolated-no polarity) ● The detection area is adjustable, up to 4m (diagonal), suitable for 2 electronic relays (isolated-no polarity) ● The detection area is adjustable, up to 4m (diagonal), suitable for
Output Output
42V AC/DC various automatic swing doors. 42V AC/DC various automatic swing doors.
Maximum switching voltage Maximum switching voltage
100 mA 100 mA
● Not affected by the ground and environment, stable and reliable ● Not affected by the ground and environment, stable and reliable
operation. operation.
LED-signal 1 two-color LED: detection / output status ● Extended area protection function to ensure the safety of the door. LED-signal 1 two-color LED: detection / output status ● Extended area protection function to ensure the safety of the door.The
● The hinge area does not have the anti-pinch function. ● hinge area does not have the anti-pinch function.
Material-color PC/ASA-black Material-color PC/ASA-black

Slope +2° ~ +10° (without mounting base) Slope +2° ~ +10° (without mounting base)

Temperature range -20°C ~ 60°C(Under power supply) Temperature range -20°C ~ 60°C(Under power supply)

Environment humidity 0 ~ 95%,No condensation Environment humidity 0 ~ 95%,No condensation

Vibration < 2G Vibration < 2G

Minimum door opening Minimum door opening


2°/秒 2°/秒
speed speed

87 88
For Better Living

Door Closer series


Installation Door closer Features
The housing is a high-strength die-cast aluminum alloy
ADC12. After rough boring, fine boring, According to different uses and requirements, for each type of KIN LONG door closer, Client can choose different installation style such as standard
Ultrasonic cleaning, impregnation and other more than 20 installation, upside-down installation and parallel installation. When choosing parallel installation, you need to choose parallel bracket accessories
procedures to ensure the accuracy and finish of the cylinder



Door Closer

Door Closer
Standard Installation Illustration upside-down installation Illustration Parallel Mounting Illustration
● The piston is made of 45 #
steel The spring is made of high-quality 60Si2Mn, with
● Tooth surface after high- good toughness, high strength, low temperature
frequency quenching resistance, high fatigue resistance, and provides Model selection: Select based on door weight and door width
HRC38 ° -43 ° Increases t a strong door closing force for the door closer. Recommended for maximum Recommended maximum
Door closing level code Applicable door type
ooth surface wear resistance door sash weight door width
● After rough grinding and 1 20 750 Wooden door
fine grinding, and two
2 40 850
Wooden door, guest room door, office door,
surface treatments, the stainless steel security door
surface roughness is 3 60 950
Wooden door, steel security door,
Ra0.2μm, the cylindricity is conference room door

0.005mm, the manufacturing 4 80 1100 Wooden door, steel security door, security door
precision of the gap between
5 100 1250 Heavy steel door, anti-theft door, anti-prying door
the piston and the cylinder
is controlled at 0.02- 6 120 1400 Extra heavy steel door, anti-theft door, anti-prying door
0.025mm, and the mechanical
7 160 1600 Extra heavy warehouse door, garage door, large customized door
properties are excellent.

Feature selection
Two-stage speed control range: 90°~15° is the closing phase, 15°~0° is the blocking phase.
90° holding(D)function: The door can be opened to the 90° position.
Door closing speed and blocking speed can be adjusted independently.
1 speed control valve
Door opening buffer(BC)function:
2 speed control valve
When the door opening angle is greater than 65°, there will be obvious resistance when opening the
door.

Delay(DA)door closing function:


+ -
快 慢 When the door opening angle is greater than 65°, the door sash will delay its closing time to 65°
position and resume normal speed. Delay valve
2-stage door lock
Door opening torque adjustment function: Buffer valve
speed regulator By adjusting the number of turns of the torque regulating valve, the requirements of different door
widths and weights can be realized. Torque control valve
1-stage closing
speed regulator
Functional angle range

15°
● Gear shaft is made of 20Cr round steel with
good toughness Door lock speed
0° control range
of needle bearings can greatly ●Gear shaft heat treatment HRC 48 ° -52 ° BC 7
improve the mechanical efficiency, hardness, low temperature resistance, high 65°
DA
reduce the resistance to open the fatigue resistance Control range of
buffer angle
door, and improve the comfort of ● After rough grinding and fine grinding, two Door closing speed
opening the door. control range
surface treatments, surface roughness Ra Torque control valve
0.2μm, excellent mechanical properties. Door delayed close controlling range

89 90
For Better Living

American Standard Series Hardware Configuration

American Standard Door closers


@
3h 1.5h
American standard mortise lock configuration scheme
American standard mortise lock:
1. 8 different decorative pieces, 8 different functions;
2. Passed the American standard ANSI / BHMA A 156.13 first-class test, durability is more than 1 million times; passed UL10C 270 minutes fire test;
3. Passed the GB12955 standard 90 minutes fire test



Door opening buffer&Torque adjustment 器
Door Closer

Door Closer
Single door Unequal double door Double door

American American
Application American Standard Concealed
quantity standard door quantity Standard quantity latch quantity quantity
places Mortise Lock sequencer
closer Hinge

Single door 1 sets 1 3 slice / / /

unequal Concealed latch for steel door


1 sets 1 6 slice 2 /
double door

Double 2 sets Automatic Concealed latch


(One set for fake 2 6 slice 2 2
door lock)

American standard escape push lock configuration scheme


American standard escape push lock:
1. Passed the American standard ANSI / BHMA A 156.3 first-class test, the durability is greater than 500,000 times; passed the UL10C 90minutes fire test;
2. passed the GB12955 standard 90 minutes fire test

Single door (flat push) Unequal double door Double door


(Top-Bottom latch type) (flat push type +Top-Bottom latch type)

American American Concealed


Application exterior American Standard standard Heavy duty
quantity quantity quantity standard quantity latch for quantity quantity
places decoration Escape Push Rod door sequencer
hinge steel door
closers

Single door 1 sets one set of flat push 1 3 slice / /

unequal
UL certification is mainly for testing and certification of product safety performance. It is the double 1 sets
one set of heaven
and earth pole
1 6 slice 2 /
door
most authoritative certification in the United States. The product meets the American standard one set of flat
Double push + one set of
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 first-class requirements 2 million times durability test, passed UL228, UL10C (3h door 2 sets heaven and earth
2 6 slice / 1
pole
fire resistance requirements) American standard door closers are widely used in places such
Remarks:
as subways, rail transit, high-speed rail, airports, hotels and commercial complexes. American standard door closers: The service life meets the requirements of the first-class products of the United States ANSI/BHMA A156.4; the service life:> 2 million times.
The American standard hinge: 1. Pass the American standard ANSI A156.1 secondary standard test The cycing life can be 1.5 million times;
2. Pass the 90 minutes fire test of GB12955 standard. Concealed latch, sequencer: Pass the 90 minutes fire test of GB12955 standard
91 92
For Better Living

BBM60006 3h
Surface
installed Bufferd Adjustable 180°
Non-
hold Two BBM60106 3h
Surface
installed Bufferd Adjustable 180°
Non-
hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning
Positioning type Non-hold Non-hold
type

52
Door width 650~1500mm Door width 650~1500mm

71
BC

46.5 Maximum 325 47


Maximum Loading 15~150kg 15~150kg
246 Loading

Service life ≥2000,000 Cycles Service life ≥2000,000 Cycles

19
19

Speed control Two speed section Speed control Two speed section
305
230
Surface
Surface treatment Silver gray Silver gray
treatment

Passed ANSI / BHMA A156.4 first-class requirements Passed ANSI / BHMA A156.4 first-class requirements

@
Passed UL228, UL10C (3h fire protection) certificationification @
Passed UL228, UL10C (3h fire protection) certificationification

Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
180° 180°

Gained the national fire protection product certification/Passed Gained the national fire protection product certification/Passed
Door opening Door opening
buffer buffer
0° 0°
public safety standard XF 93 Speed-section 2 closed public safety standard XF 93 Speed-section 2 closed
65° 65°
15° 15°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Speed-section 1 closed Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Speed-section 1 closed

the hold function the hold function

It can be used on both left and right side door It can be used on both left and right side door
Parallel bracket BBP20101 (optional) Parallel bracket BBP20101 (optional)
For parallel installation, purchase For parallel installation, purchase
Door opening buffering function: When the door opening angle is greater Door opening buffering function: When the door opening angle is greater
separately separately
than 65°, there will be obvious resistance for opening the door than 65°, there will be obvious resistance for opening the door
24

24
3

3
Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted
121 57 121 57
according to the size and weight of the door 72 according to the size and weight of the door 72
90 90

Only for single side open, and suit for wooden door, metal Only for single side open, and suit for wooden door, metal door
door and frame door etc. and frame door etc.

93 94
For Better Living

BBM60206 3h
Surface
installed Bufferd Adjustable 180°
Non-
hold Two BBM60014 New
3h
Surface
installed
Adjustable 110°
Non-
hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold Non-hold
type type

52
464 28
Door width 650~1500mm
Door width 650~1100mm
Maximum 283 70
15~150kg
Loading

24
Maximum
75 25.5 45~85kg
Loading
Service life ≥2000,000 Cycles

44.5
Service life >500,000 Cycles
57

Speed control Two speed section 240 32

Surface 25.5 338


Silver gray Speed control Two speed section
treatment

Passed ANSI / BHMA A156.4 first-class requirements Surface ilver gray (Color can be
treatment customized)

Passed UL228, UL10C (3h fire protection) certificationification Thickness requirement


@
Passed UL228, UL10C (3h fire protection) of wooden casement
@

certificationification
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
180°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the 0° 33
Gained the national fire protection product certification/Passed
Door opening
buffer door closer without the hold function Speed-section 2 closed

public safety standard XF 93 Speed-section 2 closed
15°
65°
15°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Speed-section 1 closed
It can be used on both left and right side door

50
the hold function
Speed-section 1 closed
It can be used on both left and right side door Only for single side open, and suit for
Parallel bracket BBP20001 (optional)
wooden door, metal door and frame door etc.
For parallel installation, purchase 110°
Door opening buffering function: When the door opening angle is greater
separately Adjustable torque: the opening force can be
than 65°, there will be obvious resistance for opening the door 42
adjusted according to the size and weight of
5

Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted the door Two-section adjustment of closing
54 6
according to the size and weight of the door 100
8 1
10
90°~ 15° is closing stage
15°~ 0° is locking stage
Only for single side open, and suit for wooden door, metal door
and frame door etc.

95 96
For Better Living

GA93-2CI(B401)
Fire-proof door closers 135°
Surface Non-
installed hold Two
Fire-proof door closers
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning
Non-hold
type

56
Door width 650~900mm 148 36

Maximum
45kg
Loading

19
Service life >300,000 Cycles
132

Speed control Two speed section

Surface
Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment

Speed-section 2 closed

Gained the national fire protection product certification 15°


Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage
15°~ 0° is locking stage
Passed public safety standard GA 93 Speed-section 1 closed
General requirements for fire-proof door
Fire-proof door should be equipped with anti-Fire-proof door closers, or door closers that allow the 135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
fire-proof door to automatically close the door sash in the event of a fire (except for the use of special the hold function

parts, such as pipeline well doors, etc.) 45


25
Fire-proof door closers should be qualified by national certification and authorized testing agencies, It can be used on both left and right side door Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 65

25
and their performance should meet the requirements of GA 93. For parallel installation, purchase
40
The door closing device that automatically closes the door sash should pass the inspection of the Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal door separately
60

nationally recognized and authorized testing agency. and frame door etc.

97 98
For Better Living

GA93-3CI(B103) Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two GA93-4CI(B104) Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two
Fire-proof door closers Fire-proof door closers
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold Non-hold
type type

62
63
Door width 850~1100mm Door width 1000~1250mm 178 39
168 41.5

Maximum Maximum
65kg 85kg
Loading Loading

19
19

>300,000 Cycles >300,000 Cycles


152 162
Service life Service life

Speed control Two speed section Speed control Two speed section

Surface Surface
Silver gray (Color can be customized) Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment treatment
0° 0°
Speed-section 2 closed Speed-section 2 closed

Gained the national fire protection product certification 15° Gained the national fire protection product certification 15°
Two-section adjustment of closing Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage 90°~ 15° is closing stage
15°~ 0° is locking stage 15°~ 0° is locking stage
Passed public safety standard GA 93 Speed-section 1 closed
Passed public safety standard GA 93 Speed-section 1 closed

135° 135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
the hold function the hold function

45 45
It can be used on both left and right side door Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 25 It can be used on both left and right side door Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 25

65 65
For parallel installation, purchase For parallel installation, purchase
25

25
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal door separately Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal door separately
40 40
and frame door etc. 60 and frame door etc. 60

99 100
For Better Living

GA93-2PII(YB301) 110° XF93-2PI(BBM30114) 110°

GA93-2PII(YB305)
Concealed Non- Concealed Non-
installed hold Two installed
Adjustable
hold Two
1.0h
Fire-proof door closers

GA93-2PII(YB306)
Fire-proof door closers
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold Non-hold
type type
464 28
650~900mm 464 28
Door width 850~1100mm Door width 650~1100mm
1000~1250mm

24

24
Maximum
Maximum 45~85kg
45kg/65kg/85kg Loading
Loading

44.5
71

Service life >300,000 Cycles


Service life >200,000 Cycles 230 32 240 32

275 Speed
Two speed section 338
Speed control
Two speed section
control
Surface Silver gray (Color can be
treatment customized)
Surface Silver gray (Color can be
treatment customized)
Gained the national fire protection product
Thickness requirement
of wooden casement certification
Gained the national fire protection product
certification Thickness requirement
32.5 of wooden casement
Passed public safety standard XF 93
0° 0°
Passed public safety standard GA 93 Speed-section 2 closed Speed-section 2 closed 33
15° Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the 15°
door closer without the hold function
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the
75

door closer without the hold function

50
It can be used on both left and right side door
Speed-section 1 closed Speed-section 1 closed

It can be used on both left and right side Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted
door 110° according to the size and weight of the door. 110°
Two-section adjustment of closing Two-section adjustment of closing
Only for single side open, and suits for
90°~ 15° is closing stage Only for single side open, and suits for wooden 90°~ 15° is closing stage
wooden door, metal door and frame door 42 42
15°~ 0° is locking stage door, metal door and frame door etc. 15°~ 0° is locking stage
etc.

101 102
For Better Living

GA93-5CI(BBM80105) Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two GA93-5CI(B415) Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two
Fire-proof door closers Fire-proof door closers
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold Non-hold
type type

72
72
Door width 1100~1300mm Door width 1150~1400mm
227 44.5 248 44.5

Maximum Maximum
100kg 120kg
Loading Loading
19

19
Service life >300,000 Cycles Service life >300,000 Cycles
209
230

Speed control Two speed section Speed control Two speed section

Surface Surface
Silver gray (Color can be customized) Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment treatment
0° 0°
Speed-section 2 closed Speed-section 2 closed

Gained the national fire protection product certification 15° Gained the national fire protection product certification 15°
Two-section adjustment of closing Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage 90°~ 15° is closing stage
15°~ 0° is locking stage 15°~ 0° is locking stage
Passed public safety standard GA 93 Speed-section 1 closed
Passed public safety standard GA 93 Speed-section 1 closed

135° 135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
the hold function the hold function

45 45
It can be used on both left and right side door Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 25 It can be used on both left and right side door Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 25

65 65
For parallel installation, purchase For parallel installation, purchase
25

25
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal door separately Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal door separately
40 40
and frame door etc. 60 and frame door etc. 60

103 104
For Better Living

European standard series hardware configuration


European standard mortise lock configuration scheme
European standard ferrule:
1. 8 different decorative pieces, 8 different functions;
2. Passed EN12209-2003 test, 200,000 durability tests, and obtained CE certification. Passed the 260 minutes fire test of EN1634;
3. Passed the GB12955 standard 90 minutes fire test
Door Closer

Door Closer
Door closer
Single door Unequal double door Double door

European
Application European standard European Concealed
quantity standard door quantity quantity latch quantity quantity
places ferrule standard hinge sequencer
closers

Single door 1 sets 1 3 slice / / /

unequal Concealed latch for steel door


1 sets 1 6 slice 2 /
double door

Double 2 sets Automatic Concealed latch


(One set for fake 2 6 slice 2 2
door lock)

JG
European standard scheme of panic door lock
European standard escape push lock:
1. Passed the european standard EN1125 test, endurance test 200,000 times; and obtained CE certification; passed the EN1634 standard 60-minute fire test
2. Passed the GB12955 standard 90-minute fire test

Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268.


Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
It can be used on both left and right side door.
Only for single side open, and suit for wooden door, metal door and frame door
etc.
Single door (flat push) Unequal double door Double door
(Top-Bottom latch type) (flat push type +Top-Bottom latch type)

European European Concealed


Application exterior European standard standard Heavy duty quantity
quantity quantity quantity standard quantity latch for quantity
places decoration escape putter lock door sequencer
hinge steel door
closers
one set of parallel
Single door 1 sets parallel
push
1 3 slice / /

unequal one set of top and


double 1 sets bottom pole
1 6 slice 2 /
door Top-Bottom latch type

one set of parallel


Double 2 sets push + one set of 2 6 slice / 1
door top and bottom pole

Remarks:
European standard door closers: Pass the EN1154 door closing device test, pass the industry standard QB / T2698 test; Service life:more than 500,000 times.
European standard hinge: 1. 7 specifications, passed the European standard EN1935 test, 200,000 durability tests, and obtained CE certification; two of them passed
the 260-minute fire test of the EN1634 standard;
2. Passed the GB12955 standard 90 minutes fire test;
Concealed Latch, Sequencer: Passed 90 minutes fire test of GB12955 standard

105 106
For Better Living

B401 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM10012 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold 90°hold
type type

56

56
Door width 650~900mm Door width 650~900mm
148 36 148 36

Maximum Maximum
45kg 45kg
Loading Loading

19
19

132
Service life >300,000 Cycles Service life >500,000 Cycles
132

Speed control Two speed section Speed control Two speed section

Surface Surface
Silver gray (Color can be customized) Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment treatment

Suitable Suitable
-20°C~50°C -20°C~50°C
Temperature Temperature

JG
Speed-section 2 closed

Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 15° Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG

Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without 15°~ 0° is locking stage Speed-section 2 closed
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268
the hold function Speed-section 1 closed
15 °

135°
Speed-section 1 closed
It can be used on both left and right side door It can be used on both left and right side door

90°
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal 45
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal
25
door and frame door etc. Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) door and frame door etc. Two-section adjustment of closing
65
For parallel installation, purchase 90°~ 15° is closing stage
25

separately 15°~ 0° is locking stage


40
This type of door closers cannot be used for fire-proof doors.
60

107 108
For Better Living

B103 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM10013 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold 90°hold
type type

61.5
63
Door width 850~1100mm Door width 850~1100mm
168 41.5 178 39.5

65kg
Maximum Maximum
65kg
Loading Loading

19
19

>500,000 Cycles >500,000 Cycles


152 162
Service life Service life

Speed control Two speed section Speed control Two speed section

Surface Surface
Silver gray (Color can be customized) Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment treatment

Suitable Suitable
-20°C~50°C -20°C~50°C
Temperature Temperature

Speed-section 2 closed

Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15° Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG JG

15°~ 0° is locking stage Speed-section 2 closed
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268
Speed-section 1 closed
15 °

135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Speed-section 1 closed
It can be used on both left and right side door
the hold function

90°
45
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal
It can be used on both left and right side door 25
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) door and frame door etc. Two-section adjustment of closing
65
For parallel installation, purchase 90°~ 15° is closing stage
25

Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal separately 15°~ 0° is locking stage
40
This type of door closers cannot be used for fire-proof doors.
door and frame door etc. 60

109 110
For Better Living

B701 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BZ701 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
Non-hold
type type withdrawn
45

464
Door width 650~900mm 220 52 Door width 650~900mm
440 28

Maximum
45kg
Maximum 45kg

24
Loading Loading
19

>500,000 Cycles
202
Service life >500,000 Cycles Service life

52
19
Speed 202 43
Two speed section
Speed control Two speed section control 220

Surface Silver gray (Color can be


Surface
Silver gray (Color can be customized) treatment customized)
treatment
Suitable
Suitable -20°C~50°C
-20°C~50°C Temperature
Temperature

Speed-section 2 closed Passed the test of EN1154 standard of
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15° door closing detection
Two-section adjustment of closing

JG
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T
15°~ 0° is locking stage 0°
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 268 Speed-section 2 closed
Speed-section 1 closed
15 °
It can be used on both left and right side
135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
door Speed-section 1 closed
the hold function
Only for single side open, and suits for
wooden door, metal door and frame door 90°
It can be used on both left and right side door 45
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 25 etc.
Two-section adjustment of closing The adjustment diagram of the rail
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

90°~ 15° is closing stage holding force is the same as YB301,


Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal separately YB305, YB306
40 15°~ 0° is locking stage
door and frame door etc. 60

111 112
For Better Living

B802 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BZ802 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
Non-hold
type type withdrawn
464

62.5
Door width 650~900mm Door width 650~900mm 440 28
180 41.5

24
45kg
Maximum Maximum
45kg
Loading Loading
19

41.5
19
Service life >500,000 Cycles 165 Service life >500,000 Cycles

165 62.5
Speed 180
Speed control Two speed section Two speed section
control

Surface Surface Silver gray (Color can be


Silver gray (Color can be customized) treatment customized)
treatment

Suitable
Suitable -20°C~50°C
-20°C~50°C Temperature
Temperature

Speed-section 2 closed Passed the test of EN1154 standard of
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15° door closing detection
Two-section adjustment of closing

JG
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T
15°~ 0° is locking stage 0° Speed-section 2 closed
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 268
Speed-section 1 closed
15 °
It can be used on both left and right side
135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
door Speed-section 1 closed
the hold function
Only for single side open, and suits for
wooden door, metal door and frame door 90°
45
It can be used on both left and right side door 25
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) etc.
Two-section adjustment of closing The adjustment diagram of the rail
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

90°~ 15° is closing stage holding force is the same as YB301,


Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal separately YB305, YB306
40 15°~ 0° is locking stage
door and frame door etc. 60

113 114
For Better Living

B803 / B804 Surface


installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BZ803 / BZ804 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
Non-hold
type type withdrawn

850~1100mm
464

68
1000~1250mm
Door width 850~1100mm / 1000~1250mm Door width 440 28

206 44.5

24
65kg / 85kg
Maximum Maximum
65kg / 85kg
Loading Loading
19

43
19
Service life >500,000 Cycles Service life >500,000 Cycles
188
188 68
Speed 206
Speed control Two speed section Two speed section
control

Surface Surface Silver gray (Color can be


Silver gray (Color can be customized) treatment customized)
treatment

Suitable
Suitable -20°C~50°C
-20°C~50°C Temperature
Temperature

Speed-section 2 closed Passed the test of EN1154 standard of
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15° door closing detection
Two-section adjustment of closing

JG
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T
15°~ 0° is locking stage 0° Speed-section 2 closed
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 268
Speed-section 1 closed
15 °
It can be used on both left and right side
135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
door Speed-section 1 closed
the hold function
Only for single side open, and suits for
wooden door, metal door and frame door 90°
45
It can be used on both left and right side door 25
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) etc.
Two-section adjustment of closing The adjustment diagram of the rail
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

90°~ 15° is closing stage holding force is the same as YB301,


Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal separately YB305, YB306
40 15°~ 0° is locking stage
door and frame door etc. 60

115 116
For Better Living

BBM80103 / BBM80104 Surface


installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM80113 / BBM80114 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
Non-hold
type type withdrawn

67.5
Door width 850~1100mm / 1000~1250mm 850~1100mm 464
Door width
1000~1250mm 445 29.3
203 44.5

19.6
Maximum Maximum
65kg / 85kg 65kg / 85kg
Loading Loading
19

>300,000 Cycles

44.5
>300,000 Cycles

19
Service life Service life
188
188 67.5
Speed
Speed control Two speed section Two speed section
control 203

Surface Surface Silver gray (Color can be


Silver gray (Color can be customized) treatment customized)
treatment

Suitable
Speed-section 2 closed Suitable
-20°C~50°C
-20°C~50°C 15° Temperature
Temperature Two-section adjustment of closing

JG
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T
15°~ 0° is locking stage 0° Speed-section 2 closed
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 268
Speed-section 1 closed
15 °
It can be used on both left and right side
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
135° door Speed-section 1 closed
the hold function
Only for single side open, and suits for
90°
wooden door, metal door and frame door
It can be used on both left and right side door 45
25
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) etc. Two-section adjustment of closing
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

90°~ 15° is closing stage


Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal separately
40 15°~ 0° is locking stage
door and frame door etc. 60

117 118
For Better Living

BBM90002 / BBM90003 Surface


installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM90012 / BBM90013 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
Non-hold
type type withdrawn
389
650~900mm
Door width 650~900mm / 850~1100mm Door width 370 31.5
850~1100mm

38
177 51

21.5
Maximum Maximum
45kg / 65kg 45kg / 65kg
Loading Loading
38

38

50
Service life >500,000 Cycles Service life >500,000 Cycles
60 33
60 33

Speed 177 41.5


Speed control Two speed section Two speed section
control

Surface Surface Silver gray (Color can be


Silver gray (Color can be customized) treatment customized)
treatment

Suitable
Suitable -20°C~50°C
-20°C~50°C Temperature
Temperature

Speed-section 2 closed Passed the test of EN1154 standard of
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15° door closing detection
Two-section adjustment of closing

JG
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T
15°~ 0° is locking stage 0° Speed-section 2 closed
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 268
Speed-section 1 closed
15 °
It can be used on both left and right side
135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
door Speed-section 1 closed
the hold function
Only for single side open, and suits for
wooden door, metal door and frame door 90°
45
It can be used on both left and right side door 25
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) etc.
Two-section adjustment of closing The adjustment diagram of the rail
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

90°~ 15° is closing stage holding force is the same as YB301,


Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal separately YB305, YB306
40 15°~ 0° is locking stage
door and frame door etc. 60

119 120
For Better Living

BBM90103 Surface
installed
Buffer 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM90104 Surface
installed
Buffer 135°
Non-
hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Door buffer valve Door buffer valve

Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold Non-hold
type type

62.5
Door width 850~1100mm Door width 1000~1250mm

63
182 42.5 182 42.5
Maximum Maximum
65kg 85kg
Loading Loading
19

>500,000 Cycles >500,000 Cycles

19
Service life Service life
165 165

Speed control Two speed section Speed control Two speed section

Surface Two-section adjustment of closing Surface Two-section adjustment of closing


Silver gray (Color can be customized) Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment 90°~ 15° is closing stage treatment 90°~ 15° is closing stage
15°~ 0° is locking stage 15°~ 0° is locking stage
Suitable Suitable
-20°C~50°C -20°C~50°C
Temperature 0° Speed-section 2 closed Temperature 0° Speed-section 2 closed

15 ° 15 °
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
Speed-section 1 closed Speed-section 1 closed

JG Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268


65°
JG Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268
65°
The buffer The buffer
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
the hold function the hold function

It can be used on both left and right side door It can be used on both left and right side door

45 45
Door opening buffer function: When the door is opened to 65°, 25 Door opening buffer function: When the door is opened to 65°, 25

the door opening will have obvious resistance. Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 65 the door opening will have obvious resistance. Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 65
25

25
For parallel installation, purchase For parallel installation, purchase
separately 40 separately 40
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal
60 60
door and frame door etc. door and frame door etc.

121 122
For Better Living

BBM90004 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM90006 Surface
installed
Adjustable Buffer 135°
Non-
hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold Non-hold
type type

Door width 850~1600mm

46
Door width 1000~1250mm

42
Maximum 275 63
220 55
85~150kg
Loading
Maximum
85kg
Loading
Service life >500,000 Cycles

43
>500,000 Cycles
40

Service life Speed control Two speed section


50 50 22 64 50 50
Surface
Speed control Two speed section Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment
Suitable Two-section adjustment of closing, delay and buffering stages;
-20°C~50°C
Surface Temperature 15°~ 0° is locking stage
Silver gray (Color can be customized) 65°~ 15° is closing stage
treatment
180°~65° is the delay closing stage
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection
65°~180° is the door opening buffering stage
Suitable

JG
-20°C~50°C
Temperature
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268

Speed-section 2 closed

Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15° Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without the
Two-section adjustment of closing hold function
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
15°~ 0° is locking stage It can be used on both left and right side door
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 180°
Speed-section 1 closed

Delayed closing The buffer


Delayed door closing function: When the door opening angle is greater than 65°,

135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without the door will delay its closing time to 65° to restore normal speed. Speed-section
65°
the hold function 15° 2 closed
Door opening buffer function: When the door is opened to 65°, the Speed-section 1 closed
door opening will have obvious resistance.
45 45
It can be used on both left and right side door 25 25
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted according to the Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional)
65 65
For parallel installation, purchase size and weight of the door.
25

25
separately For parallel installation, purchase
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal 40 40
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal door and separately
door and frame door etc. 60 60
frame door etc.

123 124
For Better Living

B104 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM10014 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic

90°hold
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold
type type

67.5
Door width 1000~1250mm Door width 1000~1250mm

62
203 43
178 39

85kg 85kg
Maximum Maximum
Loading Loading

19
19

Service life >300,000 Cycles Service life >300,000 Cycles


162 188

Speed control Two speed section Speed control Two speed section

Surface Surface
Silver gray (Color can be customized) Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment treatment

Suitable Suitable
-20°C~50°C -20°C~50°C
Temperature Temperature

JG JG
Speed-section 2 closed

Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 15° Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 Speed-section 2 closed
Two-section adjustment of closing
15 °
90°~ 15° is closing stage
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without 15°~ 0° is locking stage
It can be used on both left and right side door Speed-section 1 closed
the hold function Speed-section 1 closed

90°
135°
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal
It can be used on both left and right side door
door and frame door etc.
Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal 45
25 This type of door closers cannot be used for fire-proof doors. 15°~ 0° is locking stage
door and frame door etc. Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional)
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

separately
40
60

125 126
For Better Living

BBM80105 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two BBM80212 Surface
installed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning
Non-hold
type
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic

Door width 1100~1300mm


Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
type

72
withdrawn 464
445 29.3
Maximum 227 44.5
100kg Door width 650~900mm
Loading

19.6
Maximum
Service life >500,000 Cycles 45kg
19

Loading

41
19
209

Speed control Two speed section Service life >300,000 Cycles 162 63
168

Surface Speed 185


Silver gray (Color can be customized) Two speed section
treatment control

Suitable Surface Silver gray (Color can be


-20°C~50°C treatment customized)
Temperature

Speed-section 2 closed Suitable
-20°C~50°C 0°
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15° Temperature Speed-section 2 closed
Two-section adjustment of closing
15 °

JG
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T
15°~ 0° is locking stage
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 268 Speed-section 1 closed
Speed-section 1 closed

It can be used on both left and right side


90°
135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
door
the hold function
Two-section adjustment of closing
Only for single side open, and suits for
90°~ 15° is closing stage
wooden door, metal door and frame door
It can be used on both left and right side door 45
25 15°~ 0° is locking stage
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) etc.
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal separately
40

door and frame door etc. 60

127 128
For Better Living

BBM90105 New Surface


installed
Delayed Adjustable Buffer 180°
Non-
hold Two B415 Surface
installed 135°
Non-
hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning
Non-hold Non-hold
type type

43.5
Door width 650-1200mm
Door width 1150~1400mm

73
226 60.5
Maximum
25-120kg 248 44.5
Loading Maximum
120kg
Loading
8

>500,000 Cycles
135
Service life
44

>500,000 Cycles

19
Service life
25
Speed control Two speed section
230

Surface Speed control Two speed section


Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment
Surface
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection Silver gray (Color can be customized)
treatment

JG
Two-section adjustment of closing,
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 delay and buffering stages;
Suitable
-20°C~50°C
15°~ 0° is locking stage Temperature
65°~ 15° is closing stage 0°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without Speed-section 2 closed
180°~65° is the delay closing stage
the hold function 180° Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing detection 15°
65°~180° is the door opening buffering stage Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage

JG
The buffer
It can be used on both left and right side door 0° 15°~ 0° is locking stage
65° Speed-section Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268 Speed-section 1 closed
15° 2 closed
Delayed door closing function: When the door opening angle is greater than Speed-section 1 closed
65°, the door will delay its closing time to 65° to restore normal speed.
135°
Exit door or Fire-proof door must adopt the door closer without
Door opening buffer function: When the door is opened to 65°, the hold function
the door opening will have obvious resistance.
45 45
Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted according 25 It can be used on both left and right side door Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional) 25
Parallel bracket BZJ05 (optional)
to the size and weight of the door. For parallel installation, purchase 65

25
65
For parallel installation, purchase
25

separately separately
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal door 40 Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, metal 40
60
and frame door etc.
60 door and frame door etc.

129 130
For Better Living

BBM90115 Surface
installed
Delayed Adjustable Buffer
90° Hold Two YB301/YB305/YB306 Concealed
90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
Hold can be anywhere and withdrawn
type type withdrawn
466 464 28
446 31 650~900mm
Door width 650~1200mm
Door width 850~1100mm

24
20.5
Maximum 1000~1250mm
25~85kg
Loading Maximum
20 135 45kg/65kg/85kg

71
Loading
>500,000 Cycles
60.5
44

Service life
230 32
Service life >500,000 Cycles
Speed control Two speed section 155 25 43.5
275
226
Surface Speed
Silver gray (Color can be customized) Two speed section
treatment control
Suitable
-20°C~50°C Surface Silver gray (Color can be
Temperature
treatment customized)
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of door closing Thickness requirement
detection Suitable of wooden casement
-20°C~50°C

JG
Temperature 32.5
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T 268
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of 0°
Speed-section 2 closed
door closing detection 15 °
It can be used on both left and right side door

JG
0° Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T

75
Delayed door closing function: When the door opening angle is greater than The buffer Speed-section
65°, the door will delay its closing time to 65° to restore normal speed. 120° 2 closed 268 Speed-section 1 closed
15°
65°
Delayed closing Speed-section 1 closed 90°
Door opening buffer function: When the door is opened to 65°, It can be used on both left and right side
the door opening will have obvious resistance. door
Two-section adjustment of closing
Adjustable torque: the opening force can be adjusted according Two-section adjustment of closing, delay and buffering stages; Only for single side open, and suits for
90°~ 15° is closing stage
to the size and weight of the door. 15°~ 0° is locking stage wooden door, metal door and frame door
15°~ 0° is locking stage 42
65°~ 15° is closing stage etc.
Only for single side open, and suits for wooden door, 120°~65° is the delay closing stage
metal door and frame door etc. 65°~120° is the door opening buffering stage

131 132
For Better Living

BBM30112 Concealed 90° Hold Two BBM30113 Concealed


90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Hold can be anywhere and Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
type withdrawn type withdrawn
464 28 464 28

Door width 650~900mm Door width 850~1100mm

24
24
Maximum Maximum

55
45kg 65kg

67.5
Loading Loading

Service life >300,000 Cycles 230 23 Service life >500,000 Cycles 215 32
274
259

Speed Speed
Two speed section Two speed section
control control

Surface Silver gray (Color can be Surface Silver gray (Color can be
treatment customized) treatment customized)
Thickness requirement 0° Thickness requirement
Suitable 0°
of wooden casement Suitable
Speed-section 2 closed
of wooden casement
-20°C~50°C -20°C~50°C
Temperature Speed-section 2 closed
Temperature 15 °
25.5 34
15 °

JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T Passed the test of EN1154 standard of Speed-section 1 closed
268 door closing detection
Speed-section 1 closed

JG
90°
70

It can be used on both left and right side 90° Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T

58
door 268 Two-section adjustment of closing
90°~ 15° is closing stage
Only for single side open, and suits for Two-section adjustment of closing
It can be used on both left and right side 15°~ 0° is locking stage
wooden door, metal door and frame door 90°~ 15° is closing stage
door
etc. 15°~ 0° is locking stage
The adjustment diagram of the rail
Only for single side open, and suits for holding force is the same as YB301,
wooden door, metal door and frame door YB305, YB306 42
etc.

133 134
For Better Living

BBM30114 Concealed Adjustable 90° Hold Two BBM30115 Concealed 90° Hold Two
Door closer Door closer
Door Closer

Door Closer
Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Dimensions & Functional Characteristic
Positioning Hold can be anywhere and Positioning Hold can be anywhere and
type withdrawn type withdrawn
464 28 464 29.3

Door width Door width

19.6
650~1100mm 1100~1300mm

24
Maximum Maximum

72
45~85kg 100kg
Loading Loading
44.5

230 32
Service life >500,000 Cycles 240 32
Service life >300,000 Cycles 280

338
Speed Speed
Two speed section Two speed section
control control
Thickness requirement
Surface Silver gray (Color can be Surface Silver gray (Color can be of wooden casement
treatment customized) treatment customized) 32.5
Thickness requirement
Passed the test of EN1154 standard of of wooden casement Suitable
0° -20°C~50°C 0° Speed-section 2 closed
door closing detection Speed-section 2 closed
Temperature
33
15 ° 15 °

JG JG
Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T Passed the test of industrial standard JG/T

76
268 268 Speed-section 1 closed
Speed-section 1 closed
50

It can be used on both left and right side 90° It can be used on both left and right side 90°
door door
Two-section adjustment of closing
Adjustable torque: the opening force can be Two-section adjustment of closing Only for single side open, and suits for
90°~ 15° is closing stage
adjusted according to the size and weight of the 90°~ 15° is closing stage wooden door, metal door and frame door 42
15°~ 0° is locking stage
door. 15°~ 0° is locking stage 42 etc.
Only for single side open, and suits for
wooden door, metal door and frame door
etc.

135 136
Glass Door Patch List

Product Maximum Glass Door Door Page


NO. Code Diagram
Name Loading Thickness Height Width number

Patch

03
KMJ443
1 fitting 100Kg 10~12mm ≤ 2600mm ≤ 900mm P139
KMJ443A

KMJ112
Patch
2 KMJ113 100Kg 10~12mm ≤ 2600mm ≤ 1000mm P141
fitting
KMJ123

Patch
3 KMJ114 130KG 10-12 ≤ 2800mm ≤ 1000mm P151
fitting

Glass Door Patch


KMJ115 Patch 12、15、
4 150Kg ≤ 2800mm ≤ 1200mm P152
KMJ115B fitting 19mm

KMJ117 Patch
5 200Kg 15~22mm ≤ 3000mm ≤ 1300mm P155
KMJ118 fitting

6 KMJ333 Brackets 100Kg 10~15mm ≤ 2600mm ≤ 1000mm P159

Glass Door Patch


7 KMJ344 Brackets 130Kg 10~15mm ≤ 2800mm ≤ 1100mm P160

8 KMJ354 Brackets 130Kg 10~15mm ≤ 2800mm ≤ 1100mm P161

9 KMJ356 Brackets 180Kg >15~19mm ≤ 3000mm ≤ 1300mm P181

Long
10 KMJ214 patch fitting 130Kg 10~12mm ≤ 2800mm ≤ 1200mm P165

Long
11 KMJ215 patch fitting 150Kg 10~15mm ≤ 2800mm ≤ 1400mm P167

Long
12 KMJ217 patch fitting 200Kg 10~19mm ≤ 3000mm ≤ 1400mm P169

Fixed Patch
13 M8 40Kg 10~12mm ≤ 1800mm ≤ 600mm P171
Fitting

Fixed Patch
14 M7/8 50Kg 10~12mm ≤ 2200mm ≤ 600mm P172
Fitting

15 M41A Lock patch / 10~12mm / / P176

137 138
Patch Series 100Kg
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram
It's suitable for casement glass door It's suitable for casement glass door
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws C The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws C
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors B Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors B
6 6 6 6 6 6

64 64 64 64

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters

DH=OH-20

DH=OH-20
Maximum Bearing 100kg G Maximum Bearing 100kg G

OH

OH
Glass Thickness 10-12mm Glass Thickness 10-12mm
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Door sash width dimension ≤900mm Door sash width dimension ≤900mm
Door sash height dimension ≤2600mm Door sash height dimension ≤2600mm

A H A H

A: Concealed Floor Hinge B: Upper Patch A: Concealed Floor Hinge B: Upper Patch
C: Top Patch G: Handle C: Top Patch G: Handle
Main Material and Surface Finish H: Glass Door Lock【KMS11250 (10~12/21)】 Main Material and Surface Finish H: Glass Door Lock【KMS11250 (10~12/21)】

Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy
Decorative cover--SS304 Decorative cover--SS304
Surface Finish: Satin + Mirror Surface Finish: Satin

Used with concealed floor hinge (See P51) Used with concealed floor hinge (See P53)

KMJ44320 Upper Patch KMJ4432A Upper Patch

(64) (64)
191 191
Ø20 Ø20
73

73
10~12

10~12
40

35

35
36

36
Ø12

Ø12
148 R80 148 R80

KMJ44330 Top Patch KMJ4433A Top Patch

148 R80 148 R80

191
191
73

73
10~12

10~12
36

36
35

35
40

Ø20 Ø20
Ø12

20

Ø12

20
(64) (64)

139 140
Patch Series 100Kg
Functional Characteristic KMJ11210 Bottom Patch
It's suitable for casement glass door
The decorative cover is buckle-mounted
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors
The bottom patch cooperates with floor hinge and lower shaft
Factory standard angle is 14° by default
148 R80

The supporting bending patch is KMJ11340 162

51
Technical Parameters
Maximum Bearing 100kg

36

35
10~12
Ø20
Glass Thickness 10-12mm
Door sash width dimension ≤1000mm (64)
Door sash height dimension ≤2600mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy and high-quality carbon steel
Decorative cover--SS304
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

KMJ11220 Upper Patch


Installation Diagram

D C
B
(64)
6 6 6 6
Ø20
64 64 162

51
DH=OH-17

10~12

35
OH

36
Ø1 2

148 R80

H A

A: Bottom Patch B: Upper Patch C: Top Patch


D: Bending Patch G: Handle H: Glass Door Lock

KMJ11230 Top Patch

I J I

148 R80

G 162

51

36

35
10~12
Ø1 2 Ø20

A H (64)

20
A:Bottom Patch B:Upper Patch G:Handle
H:Glass Door Lock I:F-shape Patch(Left/right) J:T-shape Patch

141 142
Patch Series 100Kg (Product for Overseas )
KMJ1132C Upper Patch
Functional Characteristic
It's suitable for casement glass door
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors 69
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge
Factory standard angle is 14° by default
R55

44
51 162

36

36

55
Technical Parameters

10~12
68
Maximum Bearing 100kg
R80 Ø20

Glass Thickness 10-12mm


148

Ø1
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Door sash width dimension ≤1000mm

2
161

Door sash height dimension ≤2600mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: The inner core is made of high strength die-casting aluminium alloy and high-quality carbon steel
Decorative cover--SS304

KMJ1133C Top Patch


Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

Installation Diagram

161
51
162
148
68 R80

10~12
Ø

Ø12
20

55
36

36
R55

44
69

KMJ1131C Bottom Patch KMJ1134C Bending Patch

161
51 161
51 217
162 148 148

10~12
68 R80 Ø20 68 36
Ø
10~12

(31)
Ø12
R80 Ø20
20
55

107
36

36

52

55

36

36

36

73
R55
44

R55

44
69
69 Ø20

143 144
Patch Series 100Kg
Functional Characteristic KMJ1131D Bottom Patch
It's suitable for casement glass door
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge
Factory standard angle is 6° by default 148 R80

162

Technical Parameters

36

35
(30)
Maximum Bearing 100kg
Ø20
51
64
Glass Thickness 10-12mm

10~12
(64)
Door sash width dimension ≤1000mm
Door sash height dimension ≤2600mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy
Decorative cover--SS304
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

KMJ1132D Upper Patch

Installation Diagram
(64)
162
Ø20

10~12 (30)
51

35
36
64

Ø
148 R80

KMJ1133D Top Patch

162 148 R80

10~12 (30)
51

36

35
64 Ø20

Ø
(64)

145 146
Patch Series 100Kg KMJ11330 Top Patch
Old Code M301

Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram 148 R80


It's suitable for casement glass door 51
E F
162
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon
screws D C

10~12
Both left and right doors can be used, no B 6

36

35
distinguish between left and right doors

Ø12
64 20 Ø20
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of 6 6 6 6 6 6
floor hinge
(64)
64 64
64
Factory standard angle is 14° by default

DH=OH-17
DH=OH-17

DH=OH-20
G
OH

OH
OH
Technical Parameters
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Maximum Bearing 100kg KMJ1133A Top Patch
Glass Thickness 10-12mm Old Code M32
Door sash width dimension ≤1000mm
A H
Door sash height dimension ≤2600mm 148 R80

A: Bottom Patch B: Upper Patch 33

10~12
C: Top Patch D: Bending Patch

Main Material and Surface Finish

45
E: Peaking Shaft F: Top Pivot Seat

36

35
G: Handle H: Glass Door Lock 162
Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy
20 Ø20

Ø1
2
Decorative cover--SS304 (64)
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

KMJ11310 Bottom Patch KMJ11340 Bending Patch


Old Code M101 Old Code M401
185
3- Ø20 5
148 R80 R95
51
217
51
162

36
35
10~12

74
(31)
10~12

Ø12
36

35

(59)
Ø20 20
52 107
(64) (58) 35

KMJ11320 Upper Patch KMJ1134A Bending Patch


Old Code M201 Old Code M401A
185
(64) 3- Ø20 5

Ø20 R95
51
51 217
162

36
35
10~12
35
36

74
10~12

(31)

(59)
107
Ø1

148 R80 52
2

(58) 35

147 148
Patch Series 100Kg KMJ12310 Bottom Patch
Old Code YM11

KMJ1136LF-shape Patch
Old Code M60L
148 R80

181
53
10~
10~15 12

10~12
3-Ø20 35 5 R80 2-Ø20 R10 5

36

35
110 Ø20

51

60
36
36

36

30
(64)

73
45 30 10

20
(60)

107
Ø12
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


KMJ12320 Upper Patch
185

52

Old Code YM21


217

(64)

Ø20
Note: The facade glass thickness is 10~12mm
181
and the fin glass thickness is 10~15mm.
53

KMJ1136R F-shape Patch

35
36
10~12
Old Code M60R Ø12 148 R80

10~1
12 5
10
~

KMJ12330 Top Patch


R80 5 35 3-Ø20 2-Ø20 R10 5
0
11

Old Code YM31


51

60
36
36

36

30
73
45 30 10
20

107

Ø12
(60) 148 R80

185 181
217
52 53

10~12

36

35
Ø20
20

Ø12
Note: The facade glass thickness is 10~12mm (64)
and the fin glass thickness is 10~15mm.

KMJ11380 Linear-shape patch fitting


Old Code M51

KMJ12340 Bending Patch


Old Code YM41
296
148
185
R80

3- Ø20 5
51 250
335 R95
10~12

36
36

7
10

36
35
20

74
Ø12
20

53
20

2-Ø

Ø12

(59)
(64)

10~12
Ø1

20
67
2
(58) 35

149 150
Patch Series 130Kg Patch Series 150Kg
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram
It's suitable for casement glass door It's suitable for casement glass door
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors C Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors C
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge B The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge B
Factory standard angle is 14° by default Factory standard angle is 14° by default
6 6 6 6 6 6

64 64 64 64
Technical Parameters Technical Parameters
Maximum Bearing 130kg Maximum Bearing 150kg
Glass Thickness 10-12mm

DH=OH-17

DH=OH-17
G Glass Thickness 19mm G

OH

OH
Door sash width dimension ≤1000mm Door sash width dimension ≤1000mm
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Door sash height dimension ≤2800mm Door sash height dimension ≤2800mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material and Surface Finish A H Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy A H
Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy and high-quality carbon steel
and high-quality carbon steel
Decorative cover--SS304
A:Bottom Patch B:Upper Patch C:Top Patch Decorative cover--SS304 A:Bottom Patch B:Upper Patch C:Top Patch
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror
G:Handle H:Glass Door Lock Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror G:Handle H:Glass Door Lock

KMJ11410 Bottom Patch KMJ1151B Bottom Patch

148 R80 148 R80

51 51
162 162
10~12

19
36

36
35

35
Ø20 Ø20

(64) (64)

KMJ11420 Upper Patch KMJ1152B Upper Patch

(64) (64)

Ø20 Ø20
51 162 51 162
10~12

35

35
36

36
19
Ø1

Ø1
2

2
148 R80 148 R80

KMJ11430 Top Patch KMJ1153B Top Patch


148 R80 148 R80

51 51
162 162
36

36
35

35
Ø20 Ø20
10~12

19
(64) (64)
Ø12

Ø12
20 20

151 152
Patch Series 150Kg KMJ11530 Top Patch
Old Code M302

Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram 148 R80

It's suitable for casement glass door E F 51


The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon 162

screws
D C
B 6

12/15
Both left and right doors can be used, no

36

35
64 Ø20
distinguish between left and right doors

Ø12
20
6 6 6 6 6 6
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of 64 64 (64)
floor hinge
64

Factory standard angle is 14° by default

DH=OH-17
DH=OH-17

DH=OH-20
G
OH

OH
OH
Technical Parameters
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Maximum Bearing 150kg KMJ1153A Top Patch
Glass Thickness 12、15mm
Old Code M302A
Door sash width dimension ≤1200mm
A H
Door sash height dimension ≤2800mm
148 R80

A: Bottom Patch B: Upper Patch 33


C: Top Patch D: Bending Patch

12/15
Main Material and Surface Finish

45
E: Peaking Shaft F: Top Pivot Seat
Main Material: Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy

36

35
G: Handle H: Glass Door Lock 162 20

Ø1
Decorative cover--SS304
Ø20

2
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror (64)

KMJ11510 Bottom Patch KMJ11540 Bending patch


Old Code M102 Old Code M402
185
148 R80 3- Ø20 5
51
217 R95

12/15
51 162

(31)
Ø12

36
35

74
20
36

35
12/15

107

(59)
Ø20 52

(64)
(58) 35

KMJ11520 Upper Patch KMJ1154A Bending patch


Old Code M202 Old Code M402A
185
(64) 3- Ø20 5
R95
51 Ø20 51
162 217

36
35
12/15
12/15

74
(31)
35
36

(59)
Ø1

52 107
2

148 R80 (58) 35

153 154
Patch Series 200Kg
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram KMJ11730 Top Patch
Old Code FM303/FM304
E F
It's suitable for casement glass door
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon
screws D C
Both left and right doors can be used, no B 6
distinguish between left and right doors 68
148 R80
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of 6 6 6 6 6 6
floor hinge 68 68
68 162
Factory standard angle is 14° by default 51

DH=OH-17
DH=OH-20

OH
DH=OH-17

DH=OH-17
G

OH
OH
OH

36

35
Technical Parameters Ø20
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Ø12/Ø18
Maximum Bearing 200kg 20

15~22
(64)
Glass Thickness 15-22mm
Door sash width dimension ≤1200mm
Door sash height dimension ≤3000mm A H

Main Material and Surface Finish


A: Bottom Patch B: Upper Patch
Main Material: Main body-- Precision Casting Stainless Steel C: Top Patch D: Bending Patch
Decorative cover--SS304 E: Peaking Shaft F: Top Pivot Seat Note: Pay attention to the specifications of the matching shaft
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror G: Handle H: Glass Door Lock diameter when selecting

KMJ11710 Bottom Patch KMJ11740 Bending patch


Old Code FM103 Old Code FM403/FM404

185
3- Ø20 5
217 R95
148 R80 51
162

36
35
51

74
(59)
15~22
Ø12/Ø18
36

35
20
Ø20 7
10
15~22

(58) 35
(64) 52

Note: Pay attention to the specifications of the matching shaft


diameter when selecting

KMJ11720 Upper Patch KMJ1174A Bending patch


Old Code FM203/FM204 Old Code FM403A

(64) 185
3- Ø20 5
Ø20 217
51 R95
51 162

36
35
35
36
15~22

74
15-~22

(59)
7
Ø1

148 R80 10
2/
Ø1

52 (58) 35
8

Note: Pay attention to the specifications of the matching shaft


diameter when selecting

155 156
Patch Series 200Kg
Functional Characteristic
KMJ11850 T-shape Patch
It's suitable for casement glass door
Suitable for structure with glass fin
Only for auxiliary fixing for facade glass and fin glass, not use for bearing loads
Both left and right doors can be used, distinguish between left and right doors
22
15~ 15~25
110 2-Ø20 148 5
R80 2-Ø20 R10

Technical Parameters

60
20

36

36

36

30
Ø12
KMJ11850 Glass panel 15-22mm、glass fin 15-25mm
45 30 10

55
20
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Glass Thickness
168 Ø12 (64)
KMJ1186L/KMJ1186R Glass panel 15-22mm、glass fin15-20mm 168

Door sash width dimension ≤1200mm


Door sash height dimension ≤3000mm

Note: The facade glass thickness is 15~22mm


and the fin glass thickness is 15~25mm.

Main Material and Surface Finish


KMJ1186L F-shape Patch
Main Material: Main body-- Precision Casting Stainless Steel
Old Code FM62L
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

15~
15~20 22

110 3-Ø20 35 5 R80 2-Ø20 R10 5

51

60
36
36

36

30
73
45 30 10
Installation Diagram

20
105
Ø12 (60)
185

50
217
I J I

B 6 6

Note: The facade glass thickness is 15~22mm


and the fin glass thickness is 15~20mm.
6 10 6
62
KMJ1186R F-shape Patch
DH=OH-17

G Old Code FM62R


OH

68 62 68

A
15~20
H
22
15~

110 R80 5 35 3-Ø20 2-Ø20 R10 5


A:Bottom Patch B:Upper Patch G: Handle

51
H:Glass Door Lock I:F-shape Patch(L) /(R) J:T-shape Patch

60
36
36

36

30
73
45 30 10

20
Ø12

105
(60)
185
50
217

Note: The facade glass thickness is 15~22mm


and the fin glass thickness is 15~20mm.

157 158
Bracket Series 100Kg Bracket Series 130Kg
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram
It's suitable for casement glass door C E F It's suitable for casement glass door C E F
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws B Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors B
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
and right doors 6 Factory standard angle is 14 ° by default 6
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge 86 86 ≥80 ≥80
Factory standard angle is 14° by default 86 ≥80
Technical Parameters

DH=OH-17

DH=OH-17
DH=OH-20

DH=OH-17
DH=OH-17
G

DH=OH-20
Technical Parameters

OH
G

OH

OH
OH

OH

OH
Maximum Bearing 130kg
Maximum Bearing 100kg Glass Thickness 10-15mm
Glass Thickness 10-15mm Door sash width dimension ≤1100mm
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Door sash width dimension ≤1000mm Door sash height dimension ≤2800mm

H A
Door sash height dimension ≤2600mm
H A
Main Material and Surface Finish Main Material and Surface Finish
A: Bottom Bracket B: Upper Bracket C: Top Bracket A: Bottom Bracket B: Upper Bracket C: Top Bracket
Main Material: Main body-- Precision Casting Aluminium Alloy Main Material: Main body-- Precision Casting Stainless Steel 304
E: Peaking Shaft F: Top Pivot Seat G: Handle E: Peaking Shaft F: Top Pivot Seat G: Handle
Decorative cover--SS304 H: Glass Door Lock Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror H: Glass Door Lock
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

KMJ34410 Bottom Bracket


KMJ33310 Bottom Bracket
Old Code Y408
2 Double glass thickness

2-Ø
18
90 90
105

Ø1
80

10~15
10~15

8
R2
0
R3

100
85

83
70

43
48
55

KMJ33320 Upper Bracket KMJ34420 Upper Bracket


Old Code Y409
55
48

43
90
83

105

100
R3

R28
0
10~15

10~15
80
2
8

Ø1
Ø1

85 90

2 Double glass thickness

18
Ø12

2-Ø
70

KMJ33330 Top Bracket KMJ34430 Top Bracket


Old Code Y410
2 Double glass thickness

2-Ø
105 90

18
90
Ø1

80
8
10~15

10~15
Ø1 2

8
0

R2
R3

85

100
83

70

43
2
48

Ø1
55

159 160
Bracket Series 130Kg
KMJ35420 Upper Bracket
Old Code Y802F
Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters
It's suitable for casement glass door Maximum Bearing 130kg
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors Glass Thickness 10-15mm
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge Door sash width dimension ≤1100mm

100
65
Factory standard angle is 14 ° by default Door sash height dimension ≤2800mm
The length of the long bracket is customized according to engineering requirements 5
Ø2

70
70
2
Ø1
Main Material and Surface Finish 200 100

Main Material: Main body-- Precision Casting Stainless Steel 304


Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

2-Ø18
Installation Diagram

D C
B
KMJ35430 Top Bracket
8
Old Code Y803F
8 6 6 8

73 73 73

2-Ø18
5
Ø2

I
DH=OH-17

G A: Bottom Bracket
OH

70 2
Ø1
B: Upper Bracket

70
200 100

C: Top Bracket 20

D: Bending Bracket 65

G: Handle

100
H: Glass Door Lock
A H I: Long Bracket

32

KMJ35410 Bottom Bracket KMJ35440 Bending Bracket


Old Code Y801F Old Code Y804F

160
18
2-Ø

24
Ø25

4 -Ø
70
5
Ø2

70
120

0
20

70
160
120

70
0
10
275 120

20
65 65
120

100
Ø1
2

161 162
Bracket Series 180Kg KMJ35640 Bending Bracket 160

24
4-Ø
70
Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters Ø30

It's suitable for casement glass door Maximum Bearing 180kg


Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors Glass Thickness >15-19mm

70

70
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge Door sash width dimension ≤1300mm

200

70
160

Factory standard angle is 14 ° by default Door sash height dimension ≤3000mm

100
The length of the long bracket is customized according to
65

100
engineering requirements Main Material and Surface Finish Ø12

20
/Ø 18
Main Material: Main body-- Precision Casting Stainless Steel 304
Surface Finish: Satin/ Mirror
Note: Pay attention to the specifications of the matching
shaft diameter when selecting
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


KMJ35610 Bottom Bracket KMJ36080 Z-shape Bracket
Old Code Y901F Old Code Y905F

18
2-Ø
0
Ø3
160

70
120
70 160

120
70

70

4-Ø24
270 65
120

120
KMJ35620 Upper Bracket KMJ3608A L-shape Bracket
Old Code Y906F

100
65

0
Ø3
160
70 160

70
70

18
2/Ø

70

3-Ø2
200 100 Ø1
2-Ø18

4
Note: Pay attention to the specifications of the matching
shaft diameter when selecting

KMJ35630 Top Bracket KMJ3608B 一-shape Bracket


Old Code Y908F
2-Ø18

Ø30

100

70
70

200 100
100 8
/ Ø1

2-Ø2
Ø12
65

4
20
100

Note: Pay attention to the specifications of the matching


shaft diameter when selecting

163 164
Long Patch Series 130Kg KMJ21410 Bottom Patch
Previous Code CM12

Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters


It's suitable for casement glass door Maximum Bearing 130kg
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors Glass Thickness 10-12mm 62

The inner and outer clips of the main body are separated structures Door width dimension ≤1200mm
No need to cut out glass Door height dimension ≤2800mm

33
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge;
Spindle angle is 14° by default
L

Need to provide glass door width DW when place order

Main Material and Surface Finish

100
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


Main Material: The main body and decorative cover are made of high strength extrusion aluminum alloy
Surface Finish: silvery white sandblasting oxidation

Installation Diagram KMJ21420 Upper Patch


Previous Code CM22
C

72
B
62

6 6 6 6 Ø12
6
68 68

33
68

L
DH=OH-17

H G
OH

100
A1 A2
100
72

KMJ21400 Bottom patch with lock


A1: Bottom Patch A2:Bottom patch with lock Glass door sash height cutting size = Doorway height-2*43-17 (sum of upper
B: Upper Patch C: Top Patch and lower door seam) Previous Code CMS14
G: Handle H: Glass Door Lock
L (Total length of the patch) =DW (Glass door width) +4mm

62

(33) 10~12

33
L
28
100
100

100
28

10~12 (33)

Upper patch sectional view Bottom patch sectional view

165 166
Long Patch Series 150Kg
Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters KMJ21520 Upper Patch
It's suitable for casement glass door Maximum Bearing 150kg Old Code CM201
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left Glass Thickness 10-15mm
and right doors Door sash width dimension ≤1400mm
The main body is an integrated structure Door sash height dimension ≤2800mm
No need to drill a hole
62
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge;
Ø12/Ø18
Main Material and Surface Finish
Factory standard angle is 14 ° by default Main Material: Main body is made of the high strength extrusion aluminum alloy,

68
Need to provide glass door width DW when place order Decorative cover is made of the SS304
Installation Diagram Surface Finish : Satin
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


C

43
B
6 6 6 6
6
68 68

KMJ21500 Bottom patch with lock


68

Old Code CMS10


DH=OH-17

H G
15.5
OH

25

68
62

68
A1 A2
30
68

sectional view
43

A1: Bottom Patch A2:Bottom patch with lock Glass door sash height cutting size = Doorway height-2*43-17 (sum of upper
B: Upper Patch C: Top Patch and lower door seam)
G: Handle H: Glass Door Lock L (Total length of the patch) =DW (Glass door width) +3mm

KMJ21510 Bottom Patch KMJ2150A Bottom patch with lock


Old Code CM10 Old Code CMS12
68

68
62
62

167 168
Long Patch Series 200Kg
Functional Characteristic Technical Parameters KMJ21720 Upper Patch
It's suitable for casement glass door Maximum Bearing 200kg
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left Glass Thickness 10-19mm
and right doors
Door sash width dimension ≤1400mm
The main body is an integrated structure
Door sash height dimension ≤3000mm
No need to drill a hole
The bottom patch cooperates with bottom shaft of floor hinge
62
Ø12/Ø18
Main Material and Surface Finish
Factory standard angle is 14 ° by default
Need to provide glass door width DW when place order Main Material: Main body is made of the high strength extrusion aluminum alloy,

110
Decorative cover is made of the SS304
Installation Diagram Surface Finish: Satin
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


C

43
B
6 6 6 6
6
68 68
68

KMJ21700 Bottom patch with lock


15.5/20

H G
DH=OH-17

OH

67
110

110
62
A1 A2
31/35
110

43

sectional view

A1: Bottom Patch A2:Bottom patch with lock Glass door sash height cutting size = Doorway height-2*43-17 (sum of upper
B: Upper Patch C: Top Patch and lower door seam)
G: Handle H: Glass Door Lock L (Total length of the patch) =DW (Glass door width) +3mm

KMJ21710 Bottom Patch KMJ2170A Bottom patch with lock


110

110
62
62
L<1400mm

169 170
Fixed Patch Fitting 40Kg Fixed Patch Fitting 50Kg
Functional Characteristic Functional Characteristic
Use for the fixed glass It's suitable for casement glass door
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left Decorative cover adopts inner hexagon screws
and right doors It can be opened from left or right
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors
Technical Parameters
Maximum Bearing 40kg Technical Parameters
Glass Thickness 10-12mm Maximum Bearing 50kg

Door sash width dimension ≤600mm Glass Thickness 10-12mm

Door sash height dimension ≤1800mm Door sash width dimension ≤600mm
Door sash height dimension ≤2200mm
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


M86 M87
Main Material and Surface Finish
Main Material: the inner core is made of high strength die-casting aluminium alloy Main Material and Surface Finish
Decorative cover-SS304 Main Material: the inner core is made of high strength die-casting aluminium alloy
Surface Finish: Mirror or Satin Decorative cover-SS304
Surface Finish: Mirror or Satin

M86 Fixed Patch Fitting M70 Fixed Patch Fitting


52 5(Glue seam size)
52

28
10~12 R14
(33)

Notes:
1、The glass gap can be adjusted as real site condition, but
center hole distances should be assured.
1.It's suitable for casement glass door,and 2、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when Notes:
the side and top glass are fixed with the wall; installing the product.. 1、The glass gap can be adjusted as real site condition, but center
2.Decorative cover adopts inner hexago 3、It's not recommended to be used for b large wind pressure ar hole distances should be assured.
2、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when
installing the product..
3、It's not recommended to be used for big wind area。

M87 TFixed Patch Fitting M71 TFixed Patch Fitting

52
36
52

R7

10~12
36
(30)

Notes:
1、The glass gap can be adjusted as real site condition, but center
1.It's suitable for casement glass door,and Notes:
hole distances should be assured.
the side and top glass are fixed with the wall; 1、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when
2、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when
2.Decorative cover adopts inner hexagon installing the product.
installing the product..
screws; 2、It's not recommended to be used for large wind pressure area.
3、It's not recommended to be used for big wind area。

171 172
Fixed Patch Fitting 50Kg Fixed Patch Fitting 50Kg
Functional Characteristic Functional Characteristic
It's suitable for casement glass door,and the side and top glass are fixed with the wall
It can be opened from left or right
Decorative cover adopts inner hexagon screws
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left
Use for the fixed glass
and right doors
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Maximum Bearing 50kg Maximum Bearing 50kg
Glass Thickness 10-12mm Glass Thickness 10-12mm
Door sash width dimension ≤600mm Door sash width dimension ≤600mm
Door sash height dimension ≤2200mm Door sash height dimension ≤2200mm
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


M72 M80
Main Material and Surface Finish Main Material and Surface Finish
Main Material:The inner core is made of high strength die-casting aluminium alloy Main Material:the inner core is made of high strength die-casting aluminium alloy
Decorative cover-SS304 Decorative cover-SS304
Surface Finish:Mirror or Satin Surface Finish:Mirror or Satin

M72 Fixed Patch Fitting M81 Fixed Patch Fitting


106 71
5(Glue seam size)

5(Glue seam size)


4- Ø20 33
106

42

10~12

R2

14
71

(31)

35
33
20
105 2- Ø
10~12
(33)

33

Notes:
5(Glue seam size)

52
71
1、The glass gap can be adjusted as real site condition, but
1.It's suitable for casement glass door with
center hole distances should be assured.
fixed upper glass;
2、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when
2.Decorative cover adopts inner hexagon Notes:
installing the product..
screws; 1、The glass gap can be adjusted as real site condition, but center hole distances should be assured.
3、It's not recommended to be used for big wind area。
2、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when installing the product..
3、It's not recommended to be used for big wind area

M80 Fixed Patch Fitting M82 Fixed Patch Fitting

42

10~12

R2
71
10~12

14
(31)

35
5(Glue seam size)
(31)

2-Ø20 33 20
105 2- Ø

105 33
5(Glue seam size)

52
71
52

Notes:
1.It's suitable for casement glass door with Notes:
1、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when
fixed side and top glass; 1、The glass gap can be adjusted as real site condition, but center hole distances should be assured.
installing the product.
2.Decorative cover adopts inner hexagon 2、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when installing the product..
2、It's not recommended to be used for large wind pressure area.
screws; 3、It's not recommended to be used for big wind area

173 174
Fixed Patch Fitting 50Kg Lock patch
Functional Characteristic Functional Characteristic
Suitable for swing glass door
It's suitable for casement glass door,and the side and top glass are fixed with the wall
The decorative cover is fixed by inner hexagon screws
Decorative cover adopts inner hexagon screws
It is compatible with glass door lock KMS11210, KMS11230, KMS1123B-HW,KMS11250
Use for the fixed glass
Both left and right doors can be used, no distinguish between left and right doors
Technical Parameters
Technical Parameters Glass Thickness 10-12mm
Maximum Bearing 50kg
Glass Thickness 10-12mm
Fixed glass dimensio glass height≤3000mm Main Material and Surface Finish
Glass Door Patch

Glass Door Patch


glass width≤5000mm adopt three fixed clamps fittings; Main Material:Main body-- High strength die-casting aluminum alloy Decorative cover--SS304
3000mm ≤ glass height ≤ 3200mm,glass width ≤ 500mm, Surface Finish:Mirror or Satin
then 4 fixed clamp fittings.

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material:the inner core is made of high strength die-casting aluminium alloy
Decorative cover-SS304
Surface Finish:Mirror or Satin

Installation Diagram Drilling drawing


M83 Fixed Patch Fitting
185
3- Ø20 5
R95

36
35
52

74
(59)
R19
52

38
(58) 35
10~12
(33)

Notes:
1、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when installing the product.
2、It's not recommended to be used for large wind pressure area.

M84 Fixed Patch Fitting M41A Lock patch

70
217
51
52

R24

10~12
48

33
(33)

10 ~12
107
52

Notes:
1、The four edges of glass should be along with silicone when installing the product..
2、It's not recommended to be used for large wind pressure area..

175 176
Glass Door Lock Series
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram

04
Suitable for the swing glass door;
Locking and opening by keys both inside and outside;
Suitable for single or double glass door;
For the double doors with the center door lock, glass door latch is needed.

Technical Parameters
Glass Thickness: KMS11230/KMS11240A 10~22mm
KMS11250 10~15mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: The inner core is made of the high strength aluminum alloy
Decorative cover is made of the S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

Door lock
KMS11230 Glass Door Lock

51

10~22
Door Lock

5
2-R
162

42
90 148
70

22
KMS11240A Glass Door Lock 6

51

51

133
162

162
42 4-R5

Subsidiary Lock Master Lock


2
~2
10

KMS11250 Glass Door Lock


Old Code S110A 51
165
148

8
Ø1
R70
10~15
Ø2 8

37

36
2

Ø12
37.5
68

Ø19

Dust-proof tube can be equipped with adjustable dust-proof tube KMS51230-01

177 178
Glass Door Lock Series
Functional Characteristic
KMS21120 Glass Door Lock
Old Code BS206
Suitable for swing glass door;
Opening and locking by the rotary knob inside and by key outside
Suitable for single or double glass door
For the double door with the center door lock, glass door latch is needed.
5

Technical Parameters
2-Ø12 2-R12

Glass Thickness: 10~19mm

35

24
20 72

Main Material and Surface Finish


30

65
60
105 Subsidiary Lock Master Lock
Main Material: Decorative cover is made of the S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

Installation Diagram
Door lock

Door lock
KMS21130 Glass Door Lock
Old Code BS305

Glass Door Lock 2-R12

The glass door lock is installed in


the middle of the door

24
20 72

65
24

Glass Door Lock


105 R12

The glass door lock is installed at


the bottom of the door

72
20
KMS21110 Glass Door Lock KMS21140 Glass Door Lock
Old Code BS205 Old Code BS306

Glass Door Lock


2-R12

The glass door lock is installed in


the middle of the door
24

20 72 6
2-Ø12 2-R12

35

24
20 72

65
24
30
60
65

R12
Subsidiary Lock Master Lock
105
Glass Door Lock
The glass door lock is installed at
105

the bottom of the door


72
20

179 180
Glass Door Lock Series Glass Door Lock Series
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram
Suitable for the sliding glass door;
Suitable for sliding glass door;
Opening and locking by the rotary knob inside and by key outside
Glass door lock as a concealed handle;
Locking and opening by keys both inside and outside;
The subsidiary lock has a guiding function, no need to Suitable for single or double glass door
install the door bottom guide;

Technical Parameters
Suitable for single or double glass door

Technical Parameters Glass Thickness: 10~12mm


Glass Thickness: 10~15mm

Main Material and Surface Finish Main Material and Surface Finish
Main Material: Decorative cover is made of the S.S 304 Main Material:The inner core is made of the high strength

Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror aluminum alloy


Decorative cover is made of the SS304
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror
Door lock

Door lock
KMS12210 Glass Door Lock KMS21030 Glass Door Lock
Old Code BS201 Old Code YMS31

64 10
54 2-R
65

155
24

125

112
105

72
100

45

R1
2
31

KMS12220 Glass Door Lock KMS21040 Glass Door Lock


Old Code BS301 Old Code YMS32

5
64
54 4-R10
65

155
24

125

112
105

155
72

100
45

R1

100
2
31

181 182
Glass Door Lock Series Glass Door Lock Series
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram
Suitable for swing glass door; Suitable for swing glass door;
Locking and opening by keys both inside and outside; Indoor and outdoor use key lock, open
Suitable for single or double glass door With passage lock function, turn the handle to unlock
The handle is combined with the door lock function, no need to
For the double door with the center door lock, glass door latch is needed.
configure the handle
Suitable for single or double sash glass doors
Technical Parameters For double sash doors with intermediate locks installed, glass
door latches must be installed
Glass Thickness: 10~12mm

Technical Parameters
Main Material and Surface Finish
Glass Thickness: 10~12mm
Main Material: Decorative cover is made of the S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror
Main Material and Surface Finish
Main material: Decoration cover plate and handle are
made of S.S. 304
Door lock

Door lock
Surface Finish: Satin

KMS21210 Glass Door Lock KMS31611 Glass Door Lock


Old Code BS39

6 33 120

60 6
25 87 2- R22.5

65
28
54
70
74
100

115
100

45
4-R
5
95
95
Main Body Subsidiary Lock

10~12
KMS21220 Glass Door Lock KMS31621 Glass Door Lock
Old Code BS39D
60

Glass Door Lock


The glass door lock is installed in
73 120
74

the middle of the door 6


22
2-R

65

28
5

65
2-Ø16 25 87 2- R22.5

115
100

32

45
2-R
74

Glass Door Lock


The glass door lock is installed at
95

the bottom of the door


60

10~12
183 184
Glass Door Lock Series
Functional Characteristic
Installation Diagram KMS1303L Glass Door Lock KMS1303R Glass Door Lock
Suitable for swing glass door
Opened and closed:Indoor using knobs;outdoor using key
Fixed handle and door lock integrated design, no need for
additional handle
Suitable for single or double glass door
For the double door with the center door lock, glass door
latch is needed

Technical Parameters
Glass Thickness 10~15mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main material: Decoration cover plate and handle are
made of S.S. 304
Door lock

Door lock
Surface Finish: Satin

KMS1304L Glass Door Lock KMS1304R Glass Door Lock

product drawing glass hole opening

65
33 2-Ø16
23
6

Ø35 82
125
90
70
150

4
30

Main Body Lock Catch Subsidiary Lock

KMS1306L Glass Door Lock KMS1306R Glass Door Lock

65 65 65
33 33 4-Ø16

6
82

Ø35
112

125 125
150

150

150

4
30

Main Body Subsidiary Lock Subsidiary Lock Main Body Subsidiary Lock

185 186
Glass Door Lock Series
Functional Characteristic KMS41120 Glass Door Lock
Suitable for swing glass door Old Code BS72
KMS41110/KMS41120 Opened and closed:Indoor using knobs;outdoor using key
KMS41310/KMS41320 cannot be opened indoors, but it can be locked and
opened with a key outdoors
Glass does not need to drill a hole
Suitable for single or double glass door
For the double door with the center door lock, glass door latch is needed

98

98
Technical Parameters
66 66
Glass Thickness: KMS41110/KMS41120 10~12mm
KMS41310/KMS41320 10~12mm、15mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: Decorative cover is made of the S.S 304
Door lock

Door lock
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror

Installation Diagram KMS41310 Glass Door Lock


Old Code BS73/BS73A

88
88

KMS41110 Glass Door Lock KMS41320 Glass Door Lock


Old Code BS71 Old Code BS74/74A

55

88
98

88
98

88
88
66

187 188
Profile Door Lock Series
Installation Diagram KMS61210 Insulated Profile Door Lock

Technical Parameters
110
Ø2 8 Applicable door sash thickness is 45~75mm
Special for heat insulation profiles

2
45~75
Main Material: Decoration cover plate:S.S. 304;Lock body

40
28

37.5
is made of zinc alloy
The profile door lock Ø19
Surface treatment is satin + nickel plating
When ordering, the door thickness should be provided
is installed in the middle of the door 122

Lock Form: Double Lock

40.5
Dust-proof design

18
Installed at the bottom of the door sash
Ø12
95
Door lock

Door lock
The profile door lock

is installed at the bottom of the door

KMS51230 Profile Door Lock KMS51260 Profile Door Lock


Old Code XS31

Technical Parameters
Technical Parameters
16.5 25 ~75

Ø2 8
Applicable door thickness is 25~50mm
Applicable door thickness is 25~75mm
2

Main material :lock head cover 304 stainless steel, main


22 Only changing the cylinder when the door
37.5
120

110
95

18 body zinc alloy


thickness is over 50mm;
19
Ø12

Ø19 Surface treatment is satin + nickel plating

125
140
95
When ordering, the door thickness should be

75
60
When ordering, the door thickness should be provided
provided
39 16
Convenient to install and the drilling hole is circular;
The lock head is double lock; 36 3 The lock head is double lock
20
The tube is designed for dustproof 25~50 Install in the middle of the door
Install at the bottom of the door

189 190
Sliding door lock Series
KMS61010 Sliding door lock KMS61050 Sliding door lock

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Applicable door sash thickness 35~50mm 45 Applicable door sash thickness 38~50mm
56
Main material : lock head cover 304 35 The main material is zinc alloy
20
stainless steel, main body is high quality 2.5 Surface treatment is sprayed black, nickel

180
130

159
carbon steel brushed, green bronze

110
90
60
Surface treatment is satin + baking paint Opened and closed:Indoor using thumb turn

165
140

121
100
80
20 (black) outdoor using coin slot for emergency
Lock form is double lock
3
opening
20 37

Suitable for wooden sliding doors


Install in the middle of the door sash
35~50
Installed in the middle of the door sash
Applicable door type wooden sliding door

10
KMS61040 Sliding door lock

Technical Parameters
Applicable door sash thickness 38~50mm
45 The main material is zinc alloy
56
35 Surface treatment is sprayed black, nickel
20
brushed, green bronze
2.5

Opened and closed:Indoor using knob


outdoor using key
165
140

121
100
80

Install in the middle of the door sash


Applicable door type wooden sliding door
10

191 192
Glass Door Hinge Series
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram

05
It's suitable for casement glass door
The door sash is opened in one direction, no positioning
function
Can be used to open the door left and right, without
distinguishing the left and right doors
Can be fixed with frame profiles, walls and metal frames

Technical Parameters
Maximum Bearing: 80Kg
Glass Thickness: 10~15mm
Door sash specifications: door height ≤ 2000mm, door width ≤ 800mm,
with 2 glass door hinges
2000<door height ≤ 2400mm/800<door width ≤
1000mm), with 3 glass door
hinges

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: body of 304 stainless steel
Surface Treatment: Mirror / Satin
Door Hinge

Door Hinge
Door Hinge KHY11210 Glass Door Hinge
Old Code JL01

Ø 35

67
42
4.5

45
80
Ø5.5
8

The door opening angle is 0°~ 120°

KHY12210 Glass Door Hinge


Old Code JL04

45 40

114 Ø
84
4.5 8

47
Ø5.5
The door opening angle is 0°~ 120°

193 194
KHY54310 Pivot Hinge Pivot Hinge Series Installation Diagram

Functional Characteristic
Peaking shaft

8.5 108

3
72 Suitable for side hung door
19 Suitable for side hung profile door
metal door, framed door, frameless glass door
25

24
No locating function
Ø

Technical Parameters

DH=OH-20
8.5

OH
Maximum Bearing:KHY53500、KHY53511、KHY53520 150Kg
108 Door Slot 6

3
72
KHY53512 200Kg
19

Ø The distance between


25 door spindle and door frame
RD

Main Material and Surface Finish


8.5 108

3
72
19
Main Material:Panel is made of S.S 304
25 Surface Finish: satin
89 Bottom shaft
73

2
35

KHY53500 Bottom shaft KHY53511 Peaking shaft


51
Ø

Functional Characteristic
Door Hinge

Door Hinge
Suitable for side hung door
Suitable for side hung profile door, metal door, wooden door
Ø12

2
No positioning function, doors opening angle from 0 to 360 degree

23.5
Ø31.5

13.5

3.5
Technical Parameters
Cooperate with center pivoted arm Note: cooperate with pivot bottom seat
Maximum Bearing:100Kg

51
35
DY05 and bottom patch DX03/DX05/BDP70202

30
50
Max door sash thickness: 62mm 8 73
Spindle angle is 14° by default 89 the maximum thickness of door 80

sash is 68mm
100

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material:304 stainless steel
Surface Finish: satin KHY53512 Peaking shaft KHY53520 Peaking shaft KHY53520(Φ15) Peaking shaft

Installation Diagram

Note: cooperate with pivot bottom seat DX04/DX07/ Note: cooperate with pivot bottom Note: Use with door patch KMJ1132D

BDP40102 and upper patch KMJ11720(Φ18)/ seat DX03/DX05/BDP70202 The maximum thickness of door

KMJ21520(Φ18)/KMJ21720(Φ18); The maximum The maximum thickness of door sash is 62mm


DH=OH-22

DH=OH-22

6 6
OH

OH

Distance from door shaft thickness of door sash is 68mm sash is 62mm
64 to door frame Ø18
Ø
Ø12

23.5

24
24
3.5

3
3
44.5 36
44.5 36
30

50

25
25
80 72 19 72 19

100 108 108

195 196
Glass Door Latch Series
Functional Characteristic Installation Diagram

06
Suitable for double sashes swing glass doors
indoor using knobs to lock and open, but cannot be opened
outdoors
For the double door with the center door lock, glass door latch is
needed.
KFJ11210/KFJ11250T/KFJ11260he glass needs drilling to ensure
that the bolt is firm
KFJ11270/KFJ11280 installation position glass door sash without
opening

Technical Parameters
Applicable door sash thickness
KFJ11210/KFJ11220/KFJ11250/KFJ11260 10-15mm
KFJ11270/KFJ11280 10-12mm 、15mm

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: Body Aluminum alloy, decorative cover 304 stainless
Surface Finish: Satin/Mirror

KFJ11210 Glass Door Latch


Auxiliary Accessories Previous Code BCX141

Accessories
Auxiliary
Accessories
Auxiliary

2
R2
75

40
44
61

KFJ11220 Glass Door Latch


Previous Code BCX142

R2
2
61 44

Subsidiary Lock

40


5

40

件 Master Lock 44

2
R2
75
197 198
Glass Door Latch Series Framed Door Latch Series
KFJ11250 Glass Door Latch KFJ51220 Framed Door Latch Functional Characteristic
Previous Code BCX161 Previous Code CX01/CX01A Suitable for profile doors
Concealed in the inner cavity of the profile after installation
The support component has guide function and stable operation.
Dust-proof cylinder can prevent dust and other debris from entering,

2
R2
effectively ensuring smooth operation of the bolt;

72
For the double door with the inter mediate door lock, glass door latch is
needed.

40
Main Material and Surface Finish
61 44

Main Material: Main body is zinc alloy, latch bar is carbon steel
Surface Finish: Main body is the silver gray stoving varnish, latch bar is
color-plated zinc

KFJ11260 Glass Door Latch


Previous Code BCX162 61
glass hole opening

Ø19
R2
37.5

2.2
2
44 25

Ø1
Subsidiary Lock

Ø28
22

Ø7
142

40

108.5
126

126
108

2
Ø1 25
5 2

40
2-M5

22
245/390
Master Lock 16
2 2-Ø5.5
44 22.5
72

2
R2

215/360
Main Body Dustproof Support Note: Standard latch length is 245 or 390mm, no non-standard order
Tube Component 2-Ø4.5

10

Accessories
Auxiliary
Accessories
Auxiliary

10
KFJ11270 Glass Door Latch
KFJ5122A Framed Door Latch Functional Characteristic
Previous Code BCX201 / BCX201A
Profile door, special for the structure with a seal strip in the middle of the
profile mullion.
Concealed in the inner cavity of the profile after installation
The support component has guide function and stable operation.
61

Dust-proof cylinder can prevent dust and other debris from entering,
effectively ensuring smooth operation of the bolt;
43
For the double door with the inter mediate door lock, glass door latch is
needed.

Main Material and Surface Finish


Main Material: Main body is zinc alloy, latch bar is carbon steel
Surface Finish: Main body is the silver gray stoving varnish, latch bar is
color-plated zinc

KFJ11280 Glass Door Latch


glass hole opening
25

Previous Code BCX202 / BCX202A

Ø19
37.5

2.2
Ø1
22

Ø28
142

Ø7
126
108 25
Ø1
2

108.5
22

126
43 2-M5
245/390 2
16

Applicable profile 2-Ø5.5


22.5

4~5

215/360
2-Ø4.5
61

10
Main Body Dustproof Support Note: Standard latch length is 245 or 390mm, no non-standard order

10
Tube Component

199 200
Anti-dust Strip at Door Bottom Edge Series
KFJ51230 Anti-dust Strip at Door Bottom Edge KFJ51250 Anti-dust Strip at Door Bottom Edge
Functional Characteristic Functional Characteristic
Suitable for wooden doors Suitable for wooden doors
Concealed in the inner cavity at the bottom of the door sash after installation Concealed in the inner cavity at the bottom of the door sash after installation
No distinction between left and right doors No distinction between left and right doors
There is a cylindrical trigger at one end of the product, which can be closed with the door sash, With sound insulation, moisture-proof, wind-proof, smoke-proof, anti-mosquito functions
which will automatically lower the sealing strip to achieve the dust blocking function. There is a cylindrical trigger at one end of the product, which can be closed with the door sash,
With sound insulation, moisture-proof, wind-proof, smoke-proof, anti-mosquito functions which will automatically lower the sealing strip to achieve the dust blocking function.
The standard shipping length is 800mm, 915mm, 1000mm, and can be cut by 100mm. Customized The standard shipping length is 800mm, 915mm, 1000mm, and can be cut by 100mm. Customized
according to the actual door width according to the actual door width

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Applicable door sash thickness ≥25mm Applicable door sash thickness ≥ 35mm
Applicable door sash width 300~1500mm Applicable door sash width 300~1500mm
Sealing Sink Range 3~15mm Sealing Sink Range 3~15mm

Main Material and Surface Finish Main Material and Surface Finish
Main Material: Main body is zinc alloy, Anti-dust strip is silica gel Main Material: Main body is zinc alloy, Anti-dust strip is silica gel
Surface Finish: Main body is silver white oxidation; Surface Finish: Main body is silver white oxidation;
Anti-dust strip is gray Anti-dust strip is gray

Accessories
Auxiliary
Accessories
Auxiliary

25
25
25
25

15 500
14 1500 300~1
300~
32
30

60

32
60

22
22

201 202
Stainless steel handle(Big)

07
KLS101 KLS102 KLS167 KLS169 KLS171 KLS201 KLS203

KLS204 KLS207 KLS233 KLS235 KLS236 KLS401 KLS407

Door Handle KLS409 KLS413 KLS454 KLS911 KLS912L/R KLS913L/R KLS914

Stainless steel handle(Small)


Door Handle

Door Handle
KLS102 KLS102H KLS171 KLS174 KLS176

KLS401 KLS412 KLS413 KLS454 KLS459

Sliding door handle




KLS45001 KLS93104 KLS93105 KLS93505 KLS93522

203 204
Luxury handle Product hole drawing
KLS101 Handle

C
D
Technical Parameters
Main Material: S.S 304

Hole Heart Distance B


A
B

Surface Finish: Satin


Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
65~100
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change
the coupling screw.]
W

Drilling Diameter Dimensions

Product Dimension Definition


A Total length of handle
B Center hole Distance Note: C
C Handle Pipe Dimensions 1. The trepanning diameter is relied on the specific handle code.
2. When the door width is more than 1000mm, it needs to adjust the
D
D Distance between the outside handle and the glass surface
distance (65-100) between handle center and door frame.
W Distance between the support centre of handle and the hole centre

A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
Surface Finish Installation Diagram

Type Standard Color Type Standard Color 5


4 6 8
Red bronze Black(AD3000-4383236) 7 9 10

1
Green bronze Spraying Coffee(SW9331) 3

Electroplating Champaign Gold Dark Gray(SW2035)

Rose Gold

Black Titanium Outdoor

Indoor
2

Specification
Instruction:
1 Interior Handle 2 Set Screw 3 Screw 4 Lock Nut 5 Decorative covers
Code KLS10108 KLS10110 KLS10112 KLS10115 KLS10118 KLS10120
1. When installing the handle, prevent the non-metal parts from knocking,
scratching and other similar conditions those are difficult to repair; 6 Spacer 7 Gasket 8 Installing Hole 9 Door Sash 10 Exterior Handle
A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
2. Handles with electroplating, spraying, solid wood, ABS, PVC are not
B(mm) 600 800 1000 1300 1500 1700
Note: The inner handle is installed indoors and fixed with set screws.
suitable for using directly under sunlight;
3. Solid wood, ABS, PVC handles only supply for standard products; C(mm) Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8
Due to the effect of photography and printing, there are differences D(mm) 80 80 80 80 80 80
4. between physical objects and pictures. Please refer to physical objects.

205 206
KLS102 Handle KLS167 Handle

Previous Code LS301

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Mirro + Satin Surface Finish: Mirro + Satin
[Ends are mirror + middle is satin] [Supporting area is mirror + other area is satin]
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.] coupling screw.]

Dimensions Dimensions

C
D

C
D
A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
A
B
Specification
Specification

Code KLS10206 KLS10208 KLS10210 KLS10212 KLS10215 KLS10218 KLS10220 KLS10222 KLS10224 KLS10226 KLS10228 KLS10230 Code KLS16708 KLS16710 KLS16712

A(mm) 600 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 A(mm) 800 1000 1200

B(mm) 400 600 800 1000 1300 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800 2000 2200 B(mm) 400 500 600

C(mm) Φ32*0.8 Φ32*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*1.5 Φ38*1.5 C(mm) Φ32*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2

D(mm) 72 72 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 D(mm) 72 80 80

207 208
KLS169 Handle KLS171 Handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Mirro + Satin Surface Finish:Satin
[Ends are mirror + middle is satin] Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.]
coupling screw.]

Dimensions Dimensions

C
C D

A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
A
B

Specification Specification

Code KLS16908 Code KLS17108 KLS17110 KLS17112 KLS17115


A(mm) 800 A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500
B(mm) 500 B(mm) 600 800 1000 1300
C(mm) Φ38*1.2 C(mm) 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8

D(mm) 80 D(mm) 60 60 60 60

209 210
KLS201 Handle KLS203 Handle

Previous Code LS201

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin Surface Finish: Mirror + Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), [Ends are mirror + middle is satin]
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
coupling screw.] [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
Supporter is the precision casting S.S 304 coupling screw.]
The support body is made of 304 stainless steel plate
Dimensions

Dimensions

C
D
C
D
A
B

A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
25

W
Specification Specification
Code KLS20108 KLS20110 KLS20112 KLS20115 KLS20118 KLS20120
Code KLS20310 KLS20312 KLS20315 KLS20318 KLS20320 KLS20322 KLS20324 KLS20326
A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
A(mm) 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600
B(mm) 600 800 1000 1300 1500 1700
B(mm) 800 1000 1300 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800
C(mm) Φ32*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2
C(mm) Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8
D(mm) 70 76 76 76 76 76
D(mm) 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76
W(mm) 33 33 33 33 33 33
W(mm) 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33

211 212
KLS204 Handle KLS205 Handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin Surface Finish: Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.] coupling screw.]
The support body is made of 304 stainless steel plate

Dimensions Dimensions

C
C
D
D

A
B
A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
25

W
W

Specification Specification
Code KLS20408 KLS20410 KLS20412 KLS20415 KLS20418 KLS20420
Code KLS20506 KLS20508 KLS20510
A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
A(mm) 600 800 1000
B(mm) 600 800 1000 1300 1500 1700
B(mm) 400 600 800
C(mm) Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8
C(mm) Φ32*1.2 Φ32*1.2 Φ32*1.2
D(mm) 76 76 76 76 76 76
D(mm) 94.5 94.5 94.5
W(mm) 33 33 33 33 33 33
W(mm) 70.5 70.5 70.5

213 214
KLS206 Handle KLS207 Handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin Surface Finish: Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.] coupling screw.]
Supporter is the press forming S.S 304

Dimensions Dimensions

C
D C
D
A
B

A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
W

W
Specification Specification
Code KLS20606 KLS20608 KLS20610
Code KLS20710 KLS20715 KLS20720 KLS20724 KLS20726
A(mm) 600 800 1000
A(mm) 1000 1500 2000 2400 2600
B(mm) 400 600 800
B(mm) 800 1300 1700 2200 2400
C(mm) Φ32*1.2 Φ32*1.2 Φ32*1.2
C(mm) Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ51*1.2 Φ51*1.2
D(mm) 87 87 87
D(mm) 88 88 88 100 100
W(mm) 46 46 46
W(mm) 53 53 53 53 53

215 216
KLS208 Handle KLS233 Handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Mirror (supporter) / Satin Surface Finish: Mirro + Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), [Ends are mirror + middle is satin]
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
coupling screw.] [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.]
Supporter is the precision casting S.S 304

Dimensions Dimensions

C C
D
D
Door Handle

Door Handle
A
B

A
B
W
W

Specification Specification

Code KLS20810 KLS20812 KLS20815 KLS20818 Code KLS23308 KLS23310 KLS23312 KLS23315 KLS23318 KLS23320

A(mm) 1000 1200 1500 1800 A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

B(mm) 600 800 1000 1200 B(mm) 600 800 1000 1300 1500 1700

C(mm) Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 C(mm) Φ32*0.8 Φ32*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8

D(mm) 97 97 97 97 D(mm) 67 67 74 74 74 74

W(mm) 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 W(mm) 40 40 40 40 40 40

217 218
KLS235 Handle KLS236 Handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin Surface Finish: Mirror (supporter) / Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.] coupling screw.]
Supporter is the precision casting S.S 304 Supporter is the precision casting S.S 304

Dimensions Dimensions

C C
D
D

A
Door Handle

Door Handle
B
A
B

W
Specification Specification

Code KLS23508 Code KLS23612 KLS23615 KLS23618


A(mm) 800 A(mm) 1200 1500 1800
B(mm) 600 B(mm) 800 1100 1400
C(mm) Φ32*1.2 C(mm) Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8
D(mm) 72 D(mm) 78 78 78
W(mm) 84 W(mm) 65 65 65

219 220
KLS401 Handle KLS407 Handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish:Mirror + Satin Surface Finish: Satin
[Ends are mirror + middle is satin] Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door)
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.]
coupling screw.]

Dimensions Dimensions

C C
D A D
B

A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
Specification Specification

Code KLS40108 KLS40110 KLS40112 KLS40115 KLS40118 KLS40120 Code KLS40706A KLS40708 KLS40710 KLS40712 KLS40715 KLS40718 KLS40720 KLS40722 KLS40724 KLS40726 KLS40728 KLS40730

A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 A(mm) 600 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000

B(mm) 768 962 1162 1462 1762 1962 B(mm) 562 762 962 1162 1462 1762 1950 2150 2350 2550 2750 2950

C(mm) Φ32*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*0.8 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2 C(mm) 38*25*0.8 38*25*0.8 38*25*0.8 38*25*0.8 38*25*0.8 38*25*1.2 50*25*1.2 50*25*1.2 50*25*1.5 50*25*1.5 50*25*2.0 50*25*2.0

D(mm) 82 97 97 97 97 97 D(mm) 78 78 78 78 78 78 90 90 90 90 90 90

221 222
KLS409 Handle KLS413 Handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin Surface Finish:Mirror+ Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), [Ends are mirror + middle is satin]
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
coupling screw.] [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.]

Dimensions Dimensions

W W

C C
D D

A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
A
B

Specification Specification

Code KLS40908 KLS40910 KLS40912 KLS40915 KLS40918 KLS40920 KLS40922 KLS40924 KLS40926 KLS40928 KLS40930 Code KLS41308 KLS41310 KLS41312

A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 A(mm) 800 1000 1200

B(mm) 775 975 1175 1475 1775 1975 2175 2375 2575 2775 2975 B(mm) 762 962 1162

C(mm) 38*25*0.8 38*25*0.8 38*25*0.8 38*25*0.8 38*25*1.2 38*25*1.2 50*25*1.2 50*25*1.5 50*25*1.5 50*25*2.0 50*25*2.0 C(mm) Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2 Φ38*1.2

D(mm) 78 78 78 78 78 78 90 90 90 90 90 D(mm) 90 90 90

W(mm) 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 47.5 47.5 47.5 47.5 47.5 W(mm) 122 122 122

223 224
KLS454 Handle KLS911 Handle with lock

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish:Satin Surface Finish: Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Drilling Size: Φ25mm(upper end), Φ17mm(lower end)
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Applicable Door Type: glass door
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and Applicable Door Thickness: 10~20mm
so on It uses the rotary knob to lock and open inside and uses key to lock and
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm open outside.
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change When using it inside room, you should press the rotary knob at first before
the coupling screw.] turning the rotary knob.

Dimensions Dimensions

Ø2 5
C
D C
D
A
B
Door Handle

Door Handle
A
65 ~100

1125
B
Ø17

75
E
Specification Specification

Code KLS45408 KLS45410 KLS45412 KLS45415 Code KLS91115

A(mm) 800 1000 1200 1500 A(mm) 1500

B(mm) 780 980 1180 1480 B(mm) 1125

C(mm) 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 C(mm) Φ35*1.0

D(mm) 60 60 60 60 D(mm) 83
E(mm) 75

225 226
KLS912L/R Handle with lock KLS913L/R Handle with lock

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin Surface Finish: Satin
Drilling Size: Φ17mm(upper end), Φ28mm(mid end), Φ17mm(lower end) Drilling Size:Refer to the glass opening diagram below
Applicable Door Type: glass door Applicable Door Type: glass door
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~12mm Applicable Door Thickness: 10~12mm
It uses the rotary knob to lock and open inside and uses key to lock and It uses the rotary knob to lock and open inside and uses key to lock and
open outside. open outside.
When using it inside room, you should press the rotary knob at first before When using it inside room, you should press the rotary knob at first
turning the rotary knob. before turning the rotary knob.

Dimensions Dimensions

Ø17
Ø17
Ø28

200
200
Ø28
Ø17

200
C
D C

A
65 ~100
Door Handle

Door Handle
D
65 ~100
A

925
1000
Ø17

Ø17

75
E
75
E

Specification Specification
Code KLS91215L/R
Code KLS91315L/R
A(mm) 1500
A(mm) 1500
B(mm) —
B(mm) —
C(mm) Φ35*1.0
C(mm) Φ35*1.0
D(mm) 83
D(mm) 83
E(mm) 75
E(mm) 75

227 228
KLS102
KLS914
Handle
Handle with lock

Technical Parameters
Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Mirror / Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),

Technical Parameters
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.]
Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin
Drilling Size: Φ25mm(upper end), Φ17mm(lower end)
Applicable Door Type: glass door
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~20mm Dimensions
It uses the rotary knob to lock and open inside and uses key to lock and
open outside.
C
D
When using it inside room, you should press the rotary knob at first before
turning the rotary knob.
Specification

A
B
Code KLS10203 KLS10204 KLS10205

Dimensions A(mm) 350 455 500

B(mm) 250 305 350

C(mm) Φ25*0.8 Φ25*0.8 Φ25*0.8

D(mm) 65 65 65

Ø 25

KLS102H
C

Handle
D
A

65 ~100
Door Handle

Door Handle
1125
B

Technical Parameters
Main Material:S.S 304.
Ø 17 Surface finish:Mirror / Satin
Drilling size:Φ14mm(Glass door)
Φ10mm(Framed door, wooden door)
75

Applicable door type:Glass door, Framed door, wooden door and so on


E

Applicable door thickness:10-50mm


[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.]

Dimensions

Specification
D
Specification
Code KLS91415
A(mm) 1500 Code KLS102H450 KLS102H600

A
B
B(mm) 1125 A(mm) 450 600

C(mm) 25*38*1.0 B(mm) 300 450


D(mm) 78 C(mm) Φ25*0.8 Φ25*0.8
E(mm) 75 D(mm) 65 65

229 230
KLS171 Handle
KLS176 Handle

Technical Parameters
Main Material: S.S 304
Technical Parameters
Surface Finish: Mirror / Satin
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door), Main Material: S.S 304
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Surface Finish: Mirror / Satin
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.] Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
coupling screw.]

Dimensions
Dimensions
C
D

Specification C
Specification D

A
B
Code KLS17103 KLS17104 KLS17105 KLS17106

A(mm) 350 455 500 600


Code KLS17603 KLS17604 KLS17605 KLS17606

A
B
B(mm) 250 305 350 450
A(mm) 350 455 500 600
C(mm) 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8
B(mm) 250 305 350 450
D(mm) 60 60 60 60
C(mm) 19*38*0.8 19*38*0.8 19*38*0.8 19*38*0.8

D(mm) 60 60 60 60

KLS174 Handle
KLS401 Handle
Door Handle

Door Handle
Technical Parameters

Technical Parameters Main Material: S.S 304

Main Material:S.S 304. Surface Finish: Mirror / Satin

Surface finish:Mirror / Satin


Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),

Drilling size:Φ14mm(Glass door)


Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Φ10mm(Framed door, wooden door)
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
Applicable door type:Glass door, Framed door, wooden door and [When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.]
so on
Applicable door thickness:
10-50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change
the coupling screw.] Specification

Dimensions C
D

C Specification
Specification D Code KLS40102 KLS40103 KLS40104 KLS40106

A
B
A(mm) 275 330 482 632
Code KLS17403 KLS17404 KLS17405 KLS17406
A

B(mm) 250 305 450 600


B

A(mm) 350 455 500 600


C(mm) Φ25*0.8 Φ25*0.8 Φ32*0.8 Φ32*0.8
B(mm) 250 305 350 450
D(mm) 72 72 82 82
C(mm) 15*30*0.8 15*30*0.8 15*30*0.8 15*30*0.8

D(mm) 55 55 55 55

231 232
KLS413 Handle KLS412 Handle

Previous Code LS908


Technical Parameters
Main Material: S.S 304 Technical Parameters
Surface Finish: Mirro / Satin
Main Material: S.S 304
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Surface Finish: Satin
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.]
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the
Specification coupling screw.]
W

C Dimensions
D

A
B
Specification Specification D

A
B
Code KLS41302 KLS41303 KLS41304 KLS41306
Code KLS41203
A(mm) 275 330 482 632
A(mm) 332
B(mm) 250 305 450 600
B(mm) 300

W
C(mm) Φ25*0.8 Φ25*0.8 Φ32*0.8 Φ32*0.8
C(mm) Φ32*1.2
D(mm) 70 70 80 80
D(mm) 72
W(mm) 86 86 95 95
W(mm) 128

KLS454
KLS459
Handle
Handle
Door Handle

Door Handle
Technical Parameters
Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Mirror / Satin Technical Parameters
Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door), Main Material: S.S 304
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on Surface Finish: Mirror / Satin
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm Drilling Size: Φ14mm(Glass door),
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.] Φ10mm(wooden door, framed door),
Applicable Door Type: Wooden door, glass door, framed door and so on
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~50mm
[When the door thickness is more than 50mm, it needs to change the coupling screw.]
Specification
Specification

C
Specification D

Code KLS45402 KLS45403 KLS45404 KLS45406 Specification C


A
B

A(mm) 270 325 470 600 D


KLS45903

A
B
B(mm) 250 305 450 580 Code

C(mm) 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 20*40*0.8 A(mm) 330

D(mm) 60 60 60 60 B(mm) 305

C(mm) Φ25*0.8

D(mm) 75

W
W(mm) 23

233 234
KLS93104 Concealed handle
KLS45001 Handle

Technical Parameters
Technical Parameters Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin
Main Material: S.S 304 Drilling Size: Φ47mm
Surface Finish: Satin / Mirror Applicable Door Type: Glass sliding door
Drilling Size: Φ12mm Applicable Door Thickness: 10~15mm
Applicable Door Type: Glass folding door, Glass sliding door
Applicable Door Thickness: 8~12mm

Dimensions

Dimensions 10

Specification
2-Ø12

Ø45
Ø60
D
Code KLS45001
30~50

B
A
A(mm) 125

B
10~15
B(mm) 105

C(mm) —

D(mm) 30

KLS93105 Concealed handle


Door Handle

Door Handle
Technical Parameters
Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin
Drilling Size: Φ54mm
Applicable Door Type: Glass sliding door
Applicable Door Thickness: 10~15mm

Dimensions

Ø70

Ø60

Ø52
10~15

235 236
KLS93505 Concealed handle KLS93504 Concealed handle

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material: S.S 304 Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin Surface Finish: Satin
Applicable Door Type: Wooden sliding door Applicable Door Type: Wooden sliding door
Applicable minimum door thickness: 30mm
Applicable minimum door thickness: 30mm
Slotting dimension: 94*29*11mm
Slotting dimension:94*29*11mm

Dimensions Dimensions

40.5 11
40.5 11

120
108

94

120

94
29
29

KLS93522 Concealed handle KLS93509 Concealed handle


Door Handle

Door Handle
Technical Parameters Technical Parameters
Main Material: S.S 304
Main Material: S.S 304
Surface Finish: Satin
Surface Finish:Electrophoresis black
Applicable Door Type: Wooden sliding door
Slotting dimension:115*30mm Applicable Door Type: Wooden sliding door
Applicable Door Thickness: 30~50mm Applicable minimum door thickness: 30mm
Slotting dimension:94*23*11mm

Dimensions Dimensions

2 40 35 11
120
105

120

93
22.5

237 238
KLS93525 Concealed handle KLS94404 sliding door handle lock

Technical Parameters Technical Parameters


Main Material:Zinc alloy Main Material:Aluminum alloy
Surface Finish:sprayed black, nickel brushed, green bronze Surface Finish:sprayed black
Applicable Door Type: Wooden sliding door Applicable Door Type:16mm narrow frame sliding door
Applicable Door Thickness:38~50mm Locking type: Indoor side of handle, stir the switch to lock/ unlock
Slotting dimension:slot opening size 150*35mm Installation location: the middle of the door sash

Dimensions Dimensions

45

165
140

215

189
99.5

215
9 9
45.5 45.5

62

KLS93526 Concealed handle KLS94504 sliding door handle


Door Handle

Door Handle
Technical Parameters Technical Parameters
Main Material:Zinc alloy Main Material:Aluminum alloy
Surface Finish: sprayed black, nickel brushed, green bronzeApplicable Surface Finish:sprayed black
Door Type: Wooden sliding door Applicable Door Type:16mm narrow frame sliding door
Applicable Door Thickness:38~50mm Installation location: the middle of the door sash
Slotting dimension:slot opening size 150*35mm

Dimensions Dimensions
45
165
140

215

189
9
45.5

239 240
Application scenarios

08
Sliding door system

Residential Hotel Hospital

Sliding door
Office buildings Shopping plaza School

Others

Conference hall Business office Others

241 242
Noun definition Functions
A-Standard sliding door: single / double doors open in one direction

1 B-buffer sliding door: when the door sash is opened or closed, there is a buffer effection
C-Synchronous co-directional linkage door: When one door is pulled, the other (multiple) is opened in the same direction
2 D-Synchro-opposite linkage door: When one door is pulled, the other (multiple) is opened in the opposite direction

4
A B C D
5 Common fixing types for hanging wheel and door sash
■Wooden sliding door
A-line plate type: installed at a distance from the end of the door sash
1-Hanging rail
B-L type: installed at the end of the door sash
Use with hanging wheel to guide the running direction of sliding door
C-U Slot Type: Installed at the end of the door sash, the door sash needs to be slotted, concealed installation
2-Buffer
D-Bracket type: installed on the front of the door sash, the door sash needs to drill holes
Also called damper, used in sliding door operation, it can make the door sash close slowly
E-Bracket type: installed at a distance from the end of the door sash
3-Hanging wheel assembly
Sliding door operation and load-bearing components, usually composed of pulleys, bodies, fixing plates or galss patchs
4-Limit piece / locating piece
Limiting parts are accessories used to limit the sliding door travel, without positioning function; positioning parts are A B C D E
accessories ■Glass sliding door

used to limit the sliding door travel, with positioning function A- short patch type: installed at a distance from the end of the door sash, no need to open the glass

5-Bottom guide fitting B-Short patch hole type: installed at a distance from the end of the door sash, the glass needs to drill holes

Used to reduce swing of sliding door during operation C-Long patch type: The glass patch is generally the same width as the door lea

6-Decorative plates D-Bracket type: installed on the front of the door sash, the glass needs to drill holes

For covering hanging rails, upper door seams and exposed accessories, with decorative function

Size instruction A B C D
TL Common installation types of Door bottom guide fitting
Sliding door

Sliding door
■Wooden sliding door
A-Floor slotted lower guide rail: Door bottom guide fitting is installed at the bottom of the door sash
B-Floor-mounted Door bottom guide: slotted in the bottom of the door sash
C-Floor-mounted Door bottom guide: slotted bottom guide rail for bottom guide door
D-Floor-mounted Door bottom guide fitting: L-shaped Door bottom guide on door sash (for linkage door only)
OH

DW
DH

A B C D
■Glass sliding door
A-Floor-mounted Door bottom guide, double-side guide wheel structure
OW

Door sash width DW Door opening width OW Door sash height DH B-Floor-mounted Door bottom guide, guide slot structure

Door opening height OH Hanging rail length TL

A B
243 244
Aluminum narrow frame linkage sliding door accessories KYN6121LD
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 60Kg
TL

Sliding door function diagram

16 16

Buffer linkage type Synchronous Door bottom guide DW

isotropic DW

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤60Kg Linkage type belt drive
Applicable door width ≥600mm Applicable door type
Applicable door height ≤2600mm Aluminum narrow frame door Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Height adjustment ±5mm
Buffer type Two-way buffering
Dimension definition
Main Material
Min115 Min155

Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy Door sash width DW

Adjustable mounting Aluminum alloy Door opening width OW

Door bottom guide Stainless Steel + Nylon Fixed sash width FW

Hanging rail Aluminum alloy Door sash height DH

68

68
Door opening height OH
Hanging rail length TL
Standard configuration (3 linkage = 2pcs moving sash + 1pc fixed sash)
10 10 10

OH

OH
45 45

DH

DH
Model Accessory name Accessory Picture Quantity Accessory name Accessory Picture Quantity
Calculation formula
Buffer hanging wheel 1 Hanging wheel 3 DH=OH-69

12

12
DW=(OW+16*2)/3
Adjustable mounting 2 Linkage belt fixing clamp 1 TL=OW-5
No fixed sash With fixed sash

Long guide wheel 1 External linkage guide 1


KYN6121LD Common configuration type
Door bottom
Sliding door

Sliding door
Short guide wheel 1 1
guide

Buffer block 2 Belt 1

Top mounting
1
fixed clamp

Linkage door accessories: 1 set Linkage door accessories: 1 set

Matching track Hanging rail:2 roots Hanging rail:3roots


Fixed sash accessories: 1 set
Model Product Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)

Sliding door handle or sliding door handle lock(KLS94504 or KLS94404) 1 set(refer P240 for details)
31 The quantity is determined according to the configuration
of the door sash Narrow frame door components(KYN97004) 2 sets (without fixed sash) or 3 sets (with fixed sash) are determined according to
KYN91015 2.5
The length is calculated according to the width of the door
the configuration (refer P286 for details)
34

opening and needs to be ordered separately


Fixed sash accessories(KYN97005) 1 set(refer P286 for details)

245 246
Aluminum narrow frame linkage sliding door accessories KYN6131LD
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 60Kg

Sliding door function diagram


TL

16 16
Buffer linkage type Synchronous Door bottom guide DW
isotropic DW DW

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤60Kg Linkage type belt drive
Applicable door width ≥600mm Applicable door type
Applicable door height ≤2600mm Aluminum narrow frame door Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Height adjustment ±5mm
Buffer type Two-way buffering
Dimension definition
Min170 Min210

Main Material
Door sash width DW
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy
Door opening width OW
Adjustable mounting Aluminum alloy
Fixed sash width FW
Door bottom guide Stainless Steel + Nylon

68
68
Door sash height DH
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy
Door opening height OH
10 10 10 10 10 Hanging rail length TL
Standard configuration (4 linkage = 3pcs moving sash + 1pc fixed sash)

OH
OH
45 45

DH
DH
Model Accessory name Accessory Picture Quantity Accessory name Accessory Picture Quantity
Calculation formula
Buffer hanging wheel 1 Hanging wheel 5 DH=OH-69

12
12
DW=(OW+16*3)/4
Adjustable mounting 2 Linkage belt fixing clamp 3 TL=OW-5
No fixed sash With fixed sash

Long guide wheel 2 External linkage guide 2


KYN6131LD Common configuration type
Door bottom
Short guide wheel 2 1
Sliding door

Sliding door
guide

Buffer block 2 Belt 2

Top mounting
1
fixed clamp

Linkage door accessories:1 set


Linkage door accessories: 1 set Hanging rail:4roots
Matching track Hanging rail:3roots Fixed sash accessories:1 set

Model Product Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)

Sliding door handle or sliding door handle lock(KLS94504 or KLS94404) 1 set(refer P240 for details)
31 The quantity is determined according to the configuration
of the door sash Narrow frame door components(KYN97004) 2 sets (without fixed sash) or 3 sets (with fixed sash) are determined according to
KYN91015 2.5
The length is calculated according to the width of the door
the configuration (refer P286 for details)
34

opening and needs to be ordered separately


Fixed sash accessories(KYN97005) 1 set(refer P286 for details)

247 248
Glass sliding door accessories KYN8110E
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 60Kg
OW
Sliding door function diagram TL Dimension definition Calculation formula
Door sash width DW DH=OH-52
Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+30

30 5 Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-35


Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH

OH
DH
FW
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤60Kg
Applicable door thickness 10-12mm
Applicable door height ≤2300mm
Height adjustment ±3mm
Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel Door bottom guide

Applicable door type Glass door installation diagram


33
33

Main Material 33

26
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy

10
32
Galss patch stainless steel

32

32
10
Door bottom guide 304stainless steel
31

10
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy

10
Glass cut out drawing
10~12 10~12 12
10~12

Top mounted(Surface Top mounted Side mounting

25
Ø

mounted) (Concealed) (Surface mounted) 80

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8110E 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
33 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length of the hanging rail
KYN91005 2.5 The length is calculated according to the width
of the door opening and needs to be ordered (refer P286 for details)
32

separately

249 250
Glass sliding door accessories KYN8210G
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
OW

Sliding door function diagram Dimension definition Calculation formula


TL

Door sash width DW DH=OH-90


Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+30
105 105

30 5 Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-35


Door sash height DH TL=OW-5

OH
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide FW Door opening height OH

DH
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤80Kg
Applicable door thickness 10-12mm
Applicable door height ≤2400mm Door bottom guide
Height adjustment ±5mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel installation diagram
Applicable door type Glass door

33 33 33
Main Material

26

10
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy
Galss patch Aluminum alloy

32

32
31

32
Door bottom guide 304stainless steel
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy

48
48

48
Glass cut out drawing
4
10~12 10~12 10~12

18
Top mounted Top mounted Side mounting
Ø 10

(Surface mounted) (Concealed) (Surface mounted)


105

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8210G 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
33 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length of the hanging rail
KYN91005 The length is calculated according to the
width of the door opening and needs to be (refer P286 for details)
2.5
32

ordered separately

251 252
Glass sliding door accessories KYN8310F
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 100Kg
OW

Sliding door function diagram Dimension definition Calculation formula


TL

Door sash width DW DH=OH-50


Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+30
30 5 Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-35
Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Door opening height OH

OH
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide

DH
FW
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤100Kg
Applicable door thickness 10-12mm
Applicable door height ≤2500mm
Door bottom guide
Height adjustment ±3mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
installation diagram
Applicable door type Glass door

33 33
Main Material
33

26
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy

10
Galss patch Aluminum alloy

32

32

32
Door bottom guide 304stainless steel
31

Hanging rail Aluminum alloy

8
Glass cut out drawing
10~12 10~12 10~12 80
4 12 4
Top mounted Top mounted Side mounting

20
(Surface mounted) (Concealed) (Surface mounted)
Ø
Ø

120

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8310F 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
33 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length of the hanging rail
KYN91005 The length is calculated according to the
2.5
width of the door opening and needs to be (refer P286 for details)
32

ordered separately

253 254
Glass sliding door accessories KYN8310G
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 100Kg
OW
Sliding door function diagram TL
Dimension definition Calculation formula
Door sash width DW DH=OH-90
Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+30
30 5 Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-35
Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH

OH
FW

DH
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤100Kg
Applicable door thickness 10-12mm
Applicable door height ≤2500mm
Door bottom guide
Height adjustment ±5mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
installation diagram
Applicable door type Glass door

Main Material
33 33 33

26

10
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy
Galss patch Aluminum alloy

32

32

32
31
Door bottom guide 304stainless steel
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy

48

48

48
Glass cut out drawing

10~12 10~12 10 ~12 4

Top mounted Top mounted Side mounting

18
(Surface mounted) (Concealed) (Surface mounted)
Ø 10
105

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8310G 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1roots Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1roots

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
33 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length of the hanging rail
KYN91005 The length is calculated according to the width
of the door opening and needs to be ordered (refer P286 for details)
2.5
32

separately

255 256
Glass sliding door accessories KYN24010
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 120Kg
OW
Sliding door function diagram Dimension definition Calculation formula
TL

Door sash width DW DH=OH-85


105 105
Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+30
Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-35
30 5
Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH

OH
DH
FW
Hanging rail length TL
DW

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤120Kg

10
Applicable door thickness 10-12mm
Applicable door height ≤2600mm
Height adjustment ±5mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel Door bottom guide
Applicable door type Glass door installation diagram
33 33 33

Main Material
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy

26
10
Galss patch Aluminum alloy

32

32

32
Door bottom guide 304stainless steel 31
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy

43

43

43
Glass cut out drawing
4
10 ~12 10 ~12 10 ~12

Top mounted Top mounted Side mounting

18
Ø 10
(Surface mounted) (Concealed) (Surface mounted) 105

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN24010 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
33 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length of the hanging rail
KYN91005 2.5 The length is calculated according to the
width of the door opening and needs to be (refer P286 for details)
32

ordered separately

257 258
Glass sliding door accessories KYN15010
Applicable maximum door weight 150Kg
Installation diagram

Sliding door function diagram Dimension definition Calculation formula


OW
TL

Door sash width DW DH=OH-90

105 105
Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+30
Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-35
36 Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH
30 5

OH
DH
FW
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters

Applicable door weight ≤150Kg


Applicable door thickness 10-12mm
Applicable door height ≤2700mm
Height adjustment ±5mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Applicable door type Glass door 43

43 43
Main Material
Hanging wheel main body Aluminum alloy

37.5
Galss patch Aluminum alloy

37.5
37.5

18
Door bottom guide 304 stainless steel

25
18
18
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy

55
M

25
15

25

55
55
10~12

Top mounted
10~12 10~12

Top mounted(Surface mounted) Top mount (Surface mounted /


(Concealed) with decorative board)
Note: M is depended on the actual situation

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN15010 2PCS
parts

Door bottom Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
1PCS
guide Hanging rail:1roots Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1roots

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional) Glass cut out drawing Door bottom guide

Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182


installation diagram

18
4
43 The quantity is determined according to the for details)
Ø10
door fan configuration
KYN52501 Decorative plates 1Pcs or 2Pcs(Model KYN12506)
2.5 Length according to the width of the door, 105
38

need to order

26
10
31

259 260
Concealed glass sliding door KYN11210/KYN11220(Old codeTLG211)
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg Installation diagram

TL Dimension definition Calculation formula


Sliding door function diagram 3 3 Door sash width DW
DH=OH+25
OW-6
DW=OW+60
Door opening width OW
TL≥2×DW+100
30 30
Door sash height DH
Door opening height OH
Hanging rail length TL
Sliding door Concealed Bottom guide

DH

DH
OH

OH
OW

Technical Parameters
10

Applicable door weight ≤80Kg


DW

Applicable door thickness 10-12mm


Applicable door width 600-1000mm
Applicable door height ≤2200mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Glass cut out drawing Door bottom guide
Applicable door type Glass door
installation diagram
48 4 60 17
Main Material
48 R8

26

26
Hanging wheel main body 304 stainless steel
45 130 2-Ø18

10
48

Ø18
35

40
Door bottom guide 304 stainless steel

35
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy
31
15

Hanging rail opening size chart


15

10~12
10~15 10~12
Standard configuration (Single door)
B B

Wall mounting Glass surface installation C


Accessories Accessories (KYN11210) (KYN11220)
Model Quantity
TL
name picture Hanging rail
length
1600mm 2400mm 3200mm 4000mm
Hanging rail 2pcs Installation
size

Positioning B 30 30 40 50
KYN11210 2pcs
parts
(Wall
Door bottom C
Sliding door

Sliding door
mounting)
4*350 6*390 8*390 10*390
1pcs
guide
Common configuration type
Hanging wheel
1pcs
assembly

Accessories Accessories
Model Quantity
name picture

Hanging rail 2pcs


Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets
Positioning Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:1root
KYN11220 2pcs
parts
(Glass surface
installation) Door bottom
1pcs
guide Supporting products (Optional)
Hanging wheel Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
1pcs
assembly

261 262
Concealed glass sliding door KYN12210/KYN12220(Old code TLG212) Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg Dimension definition Calculation formula

Door sash width DW DH=OH+25


TL

Sliding door function diagram 3


OW-6
3
Door opening width OW DW=OW+60
Door sash height DH TL≥2×DW+100
30 30 Door opening height OH
Hanging rail length TL

DH

DH
Sliding door Concealed Bottom guide

OH

OH
OW

10
Technical Parameters
DW
Applicable door weight ≤80Kg
Applicable door thickness 10-12mm
Glass cut out drawing Door bottom guide
Applicable door width 600-1000mm
installation diagram
Applicable door height ≤2200mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
4 60 17
R8
Applicable door type Glass door

26
45 130 2-Ø18

26
46 46

10
Main Material

Hanging wheel main body 304 stainless steel


31

Ø18
48

40
35

35
Door bottom guide 304 stainless steel
Hanging rail opening size chart
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy
15
B B

15
C
10~12 10~15 10~12 TL

Wall mounting Glass surface installation Hanging rail


length
Standard configuration (Single door) 1600mm 2400mm 3200mm 4000mm
(KYN12210) (KYN12220) Installation
size

Accessories Accessories
Model Quantity B
name picture
30 30 40 50

Hanging wheel 2pcs C 4*350 6*390 8*390 10*390

Positioning Common configuration type


KYN12210 2pcs
parts
Sliding door

Sliding door
(Wall
mounting) Door bottom
1pcs
guide
Hanging rail
1pcs
assembly

Accessories Accessories
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets
Hanging wheel 2pcs Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:1root

Positioning
KYN12220 2pcs
parts
(Glass surface
installation) Door bottom 1pcs Supporting products (Optional)
guide
Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
Hanging rail
1pcs
assembly

263 264
Wood/Metal Frame Sliding Door Accessories KYN8110B
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 60Kg
OW

Sliding door function diagram Dimension definition Calculation formula


TL

85 85 Door sash width DW DH=OH-64


Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+50
50 5 Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-55
Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH

OH
FW

DH
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤60Kg
Applicable door thickness ≥30mm
Applicable door height ≤2300mm
Height adjustment ±3mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Applicable door type Wooden door
31
Aluminum frame door
Metal frame door 31

32

32
Main Material
Hanging wheel main body Nylon

22

22
15

Hanging plate stainless steel

10 20
5

18
Door bottom guide Nylon
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy
25
35 35
Door bottom guide installation diagram
Top mounted Side mounting
(Surface mounted) (Surface mounted)

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8110B 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
configuration of the door sash
31
Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length
KYN91012 1.8 The length is calculated according to the width
of the door opening and needs to be ordered of the hanging rail(refer P286 for details)
32

separately

265 266
Wood/Metal Frame Sliding Door Accessories KYN8210B
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg

Sliding door function diagram


OW
TL Dimension definition Calculation formula
Door sash width DW DH=OH-63
85 85
Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+50
Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-55
50 5
Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH

OH
FW

DH
Hanging rail length TL
DW

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤80Kg
Applicable door thickness ≥30mm
Applicable door height ≤2400mm
Height adjustment ±3mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Applicable door type Wooden door 33
Aluminum frame door
Metal frame door
33

32

32
Main Material

21

21
15
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy
Hanging plate stainless steel
5

10 20
18
Door bottom guide Nylon
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy
35 35 25

Top mounted Side mounting Door bottom guide installation diagram


(Surface mounted) (Surface mounted)

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8210B 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
33 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length
KYN91005 The length is calculated according to the
of the hanging rail(refer P286 for details)
2.5
width of the door opening and needs to be
32

ordered separately

267 268
Wooden Sliding Door Accessories KYN8120A
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
OW

Sliding door function diagram


TL
Dimension definition Calculation formula
Door sash width DW DH=OH-55(Door slotted)
85 85

7
Door opening width OW DH=OH-62(Door leaves are
50 5
Fixed sash width FW not slotted)
Door sash height DH FW=OW/2+50
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH DW=FW-55

OH
DH
FW
DW Hanging rail length TL TL=OW-5

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤80Kg
Applicable door thickness ≥30mm
Applicable door height ≤2400mm
Height adjustment ±3mm
Applicable door type Wooden door
33 33

Main Material 33

Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy


Side mounting bracket stainless steel

32

32

32
Door bottom guide Nylon

13

13

13
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy 5 15
25 25 25

10 20
18
35 35 35
25

Top mounted Top mounted Side mounting


(Surface mounted) (Concealed) (Surface mounted)
Door bottom guide installation diagram

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8120A 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
the configuration of the door sash
33
Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length
KYN91005 2.5 The length is calculated according to the
width of the door opening and needs to be of the hanging rail(refer P286 for details)
32

ordered separately

269 270
Wood/Metal Frame Sliding Door Accessories KYN8310B
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 100Kg
OW
Sliding door function diagram TL Dimension definition Calculation formula
85 85 Door sash width DW DH=OH-63
Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+50
50 5 Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-55
Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH

OH
FW

DH
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤100Kg
Applicable door thickness ≥30mm
Applicable door height ≤2500mm
Height adjustment ±3mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Applicable door type Wooden door
Aluminum frame door 33

Metal frame door 33

Main Material

32

32
15

21
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy

21

10 20
18
Hanging plate stainless steel 5

Door bottom guide Nylon


Hanging rail Aluminum alloy
25

Door bottom guide installation diagram


35 35

Top mounted Side mounting


(Surface mounted) (Surface mounted)

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN8310B 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
the configuration of the door sash
33
Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length
KYN91005 2.5 The length is calculated according to the
width of the door opening and needs to be of the hanging rail(refer P286 for details)
32

ordered separately

271 272
wooden sliding door accessories KYN5220A
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
OW
Sliding door function diagram TL Dimension definition Calculation formula

103 103
Door sash width DW DH=OH-60(Door slotted)
Door opening width OW DH=OH-69(Door sash are

9
50 5
Fixed sash width FW not slotted)
Door sash height DH FW=OW/2+50
Sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH DW=FW-55

OH
FW

DH
DW Hanging rail length TL TL=OW-5

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤80Kg
Applicable door thickness ≥35mm
Applicable door height ≤2400mm
Height adjustment ±5mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Applicable door type Wooden door
33 33

Main Material 33

Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy

32

32

32
Side mounting bracket Stainless steel 15

18

18

18
Fixed plate Aluminum alloy

10 20
5
Door bottom guide 304stainless steel+POM

19
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy
28 28 28

20

Door bottom guide installation diagram


35 35 35

Top mounted Top mounted Side mounting


(Surface mounted) (Concealed) (Surface mounted)

Sliding door accessories (one door)


Accessories Accessories Common configuration type
Model Quantity
name picture
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly

Positioning
KYN5220A 2PCS
parts

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
33 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the
KYN91005 The length is calculated according to the
2.5
width of the door opening and needs to be length of the hanging rail(refer P286 for details)
32

ordered separately

273 274
Wood/Metal Frame Buffer Sliding Door Accessories KYN8210HB
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
OW
Sliding door function diagram TL
Dimension definition Calculation formula
60 60 Door sash width DW DH=OH-70
Door opening width OW FW=OW/2+50
50 5 Fixed sash width FW DW=FW-55
Door sash height DH TL=OW-5
Buffer sliding door Built-in Bottom guide Door opening height OH

OH
FW

DH
DW Hanging rail length TL

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤80Kg
Applicable door thickness ≥30mm
Applicable door width ≥520mm
Applicable door height ≤2400mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Height adjustment ±3mm
Buffer type Two-way buffering
34

Applicable door type Wooden door 31


Aluminum frame door
Metal frame door

34

34
15
Main Material

26

26

10 20
5
Hanging wheel main body Zinc alloy

18
Hanging plate 304stainless steel
Door bottom guide Nylon 25

Hanging rail Aluminum alloy Door bottom guide installation diagram


35 35

Top mounted Side mounting


(Surface mounted) (Surface mounted)
Sliding door accessories (one door)
Accessories Accessories
Model Quantity
name picture
Buffer hanging
1PCS Common configuration type
wheel assembly
Sliding door

Sliding door
Hanging wheel
1PCS
assembly
KYN8210HB
Buffer block 2PCS

Door bottom
1PCS Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets Sliding door accessories:2 sets
guide
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:2roots Hanging rail:1root

Matching hanging rail

Model Picture Dimensions Remark Supporting products (Optional)


The quantity is determined according to the Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
34 configuration of the door sash Hanging rail side installation assembly( KYN97001) The quantity is determined according to the length
KYN91013 The length is calculated according to the
width of the door opening and needs to be of the hanging rail(refer P286 for details)
2.5
34

ordered separately

275 276
Standard glass sliding door KYW13010
Installation diagram Dimension definition
Applicable maximum door weight 100Kg
TL Door sash width DW
Door opening width OW
Sliding door function diagram
Door sash height DH
Door opening height OH
Hanging rail length TL

20
30 30

Sliding door Out hang type Bottom guide Calculation formula (single door)

DH

DH
OH

OH
OW
DH=OH+10
DW=OW+60
DW

Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤100Kg
Glass mounting Metope installed
Applicable door thickness 10-15mm
Applicable door width 600~1200mm
Applicable door height ≤2500mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel Glass cut out drawing
Height adjustment ±3mm
Applicable door type Glass door

45
Main Material 2-Ø

50
20

Hanging wheel body 304 stainless steel


100

30 33
Door bottom guide 304 stainless steel

46
Hanging rail 304 stainless steel

45

45
Door bottom guide

50

50
20
installation diagram
Side mounting Side mounting
(Surface mounted) (Surface mounted)
Standard configuration (Single door) (Wall mounting) (Glass surface installation)

26
10
Accessories Accessories
Model Quantity
name picture 31

Hanging rail 2pcs Standard configuration

KYW13010
Door bottom
1pcs
Sliding door

Sliding door
guide
Common configuration type
KYW91001 Hanging rail
(Lncluding limit support 1pcs
piece) (Wall mounting)

Hanging rail
KYW91002 support
(Lncluding limit 1pcs
piece)
(Glass surface
installation) Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:1root
Hanging
2000mm 2500mm 3000mm 4000mm 5000mm
rail length
single
door
√ √ -- -- --
Supporting products (Optional)
double Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set (refer P236/181-182 for details)
doors
-- -- √ √ √

Note: The length of the hanging rail is shipped in accordance


with the standard length of the attached table

277 278
Standard wooden sliding door KYW53010
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 100Kg Dimension definition
TL Door sash width DW
Sliding door function diagram Door opening width OW
Door sash height DH
100 100
Door opening height OH

20
Hanging rail length TL
50 50

Sliding door Out hang type Bottom guide

DH
Calculation formula (single door)

OH
DW

DH=OH+10
OW

OW=DW+100
Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤ 100Kg
Applicable door thickness 35-50mm
Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel
Applicable door width 600~1200mm
Door bottom guide installation diagram
Applicable door height ≤ 2400mm
Applicable door type Wooden door 15

Main Material and Surface Finish

10 20
19
Hanging wheel body 304 stainless steel

33

33
Door bottom guide 304 stainless steel+ POM 20

48

42
Hanging rail 304 stainless steel Standard configuration

20
20
35-50 40-50

Side mounting ide mounting


(Surface mounted) (Surface mounted)
Standard configuration (Single door)
(Wall / Door leaves are not slotted) (Wall / Door Slotted)
Accessories Accessories
Model Quantity
name picture
Common configuration type
Hanging wheel
2pcs
assembly
Sliding door

Sliding door
KYW53010
Door bottom
1pcs
guide

KYW91001
(Lncluding Hanging rail 1pcs
limit piece)
Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:1root
Hanging
2000mm 2500mm 3000mm 4000mm 5000mm
rail length

Single
door
√ √ -- -- --
Supporting products (Optional)

Double Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
doors
-- -- √ √ √

N o t e : The length of the hanging rail is shipped in accordance with


the standard length of the attached table

279 280
Standard wooden sliding door KYW5430B Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 100Kg Dimension definition
TL

Door sash width DW


Sliding door function diagram Door opening width OW
Door sash height DH
150 150

20
50 50 Door opening height OH
Hanging rail length TL

DW
Sliding door Out hang type Bottom guide

DH
OH
OW

Calculation formula (single door)

DH=OH+10
Technical Parameters
OW=DW+100
Applicable door weight ≤100Kg
Applicable door thickness 35-55mm
Applicable door width 600~1200mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel Slotting diagram of hanging wheel assembly
Applicable door height ≤2500mm
Applicable door type Wooden door
122

Hanging rail included, for wall mounting installed only 90

6
Main Material and Surface Finish
30

Hanger body High quality carbon steel

53
Door bottom guide Nylon
Hanging rail High-quality carbon steel
Hanging rail support High-quality carbon steel Door bottom guide installation diagram
35~55

Side mounting
Standard configuration (Single door) (Surface mounted)
10

Accessories Accessories
Model Quantity
name picture

20
24

10
Hanging wheel
2PCS
assembly 43

Positioning
2PCS Common configuration type
parts
Sliding door

Sliding door
Door bottom
1PCS
guide
KYW5430B
Anti-jumper 2PCS
Sliding door accessories:1 set
Hanging rail:1root Sliding door accessories:2 sets
Hanging rail
/
support Hanging rail:1root

Hanging rail 1PCS Supporting products (Optional)


Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
Hanging
2000mm 2500mm 3000mm 4000mm 5000mm
rail length
Single
door
√ √ -- -- --

Double
doors
-- -- √ √ √

Note: The length of the hanging rail is shipped in accordance


with the standard length of the attached table

281 282
Standard wooden sliding door KYW5550B
Installation diagram
Applicable maximum door weight 150Kg Dimension definition
TL
Door sash width DW
Sliding door function diagram Door opening width OW
Door sash height DH

20
Door opening height OH
150 150

50 50 Hanging rail length TL

Sliding door Out hang type Bottom guide Calculation formula (single door)

DH
OH
DW

DH=OH+10
OW

OW=DW+100
Technical Parameters
Applicable door weight ≤150Kg
Applicable door thicknes 35-40mm
Applicable door width 600~1200mm
Applicable door height ≤2700mm Installation Diagram for Hanging Rail and Hanging Wheel Slotting diagram of hanging wheel assembly
Applicable door type Wooden door
150
Hanging rail included, for wall mounting installed only

5
10.
Main Material and Surface Finish 2-Ø

53

40
Hanger body High quality carbon steel

40
Door bottom guide fitting Nylon

90
90
Hanging rail High-quality carbon steel
Hanging rail support High-quality carbon steel
Door bottom guide installation diagram
Standard configuration (Single door)
35~40

Side mounting
Accessories Accessories
10
Model Quantity (Surface mounted)
name picture

20
Hanging wheel

24
2pcs

10
assembly
43

Positioning parts 2pcs Standard configuration


Sliding door

Sliding door
Door bottom
1pcs
guide
KYW5550B Common configuration type

Anti-jumper 2pcs

Hanging rail
/
support

Hanging rail 1pcs


Sliding door accessories:1 set Sliding door accessories:2 sets
Hanging rail:1root Hanging rail:1root
Hanging
2000mm 2500mm 3000mm 4000mm 5000mm
rail length
Single
door Supporting products (Optional)
√ √ -- -- --

Double Concealed handle or sliding door lock 1 set(refer P237-239/P191-192 for details)
doors
-- -- √ √ √

Note: The length of the hanging rail is shipped in accordance


with the standard length of the attached table

283 284
Hanging rail series Supporting products
KYN97001 Hanging rail side installation assembly
KYN91002 Hanging rail KYN91004 Hanging rail KYN91005 Hanging rail

Technical Parameters
Main Material :S.S 304

30
Surface Finish:Satin

40
48

51
33 33
3
2.8
50

2.5

32.5

32
KYN97004 Narrow frame door components

KYN91008 Hanging rail KYN91012 Hanging rail KYN91013 Hanging rail

18.4
Technical Parameters
Main Material:Aluminum alloy

28.5
Surface Finish:Electrophoretic Bright Black

16
16
9 9 Applicable glass thickness:≤8mm
45 45

56
31 34
3.5
50

1.8 2.5
32

34
Sliding door

Sliding door
KYN97005 Narrow frame fixed sash accessories

KYN91015 Hanging rail KYN52501 Hanging rail KYN52207 Decorative plate


50 24

Technical Parameters
Main Material:304+Aluminum alloy

12
Surface treatment:electrophoresis +
50 24
natural color
Ø Suitable for narrow frame sliding
door fixed sash
Install on the horizontal frame (both
15
upper and lower bars) of narrow
frame door.
31 43
50 20
59

2.5 2.5
38
34

285 286
Noun definition
1

09
3

7
1-Hanging Rail
Used in conjunction with hanging wheels to guide the running direction of the door sash
2-Hanging wheel assembly
Folding door operation and load-bearing components, usually composed of pulleys, bodies, fixing plates or Glass door
patchs
3-Fold Hinge
Accessories for connecting adjacent folding sash to achieve the folding of door leaves
4-Upper mounting
The load-bearing accessory of the first door of the folding door is fixed in the hanging rail and cooperates with the lower
fixing seat to realize the
rotation of the door sash
5-Lower mounting
Folding door system The running accessory of the first door of the folding door is fixed on the ground and cooperates with the upper fixing seat to
realize the rotation of the
door sash
6-Door bottom guide fitting
Installed at the bottom of the door sash, used to reduce the swing of the folding door during operation, and at the same time
prevent falling angle7-7-7-
7-Bottom guide rail
Installed on the ground, used in conjunction with door bottom guides to guide the running direction of the door sash
Type definition

A B C D E F G
A-Hanging wheel offset
Installed at a distance from the end of the door sash
B-Hanging wheel center
Installed in the middle of the door sash

Accessories
Folding Door
C-Hanging wheel side
Installed on the side of the door sash
D-Underground guidance
Need to be equipped with a Bottom guide rail, the floor needs to be slotted,
used with the door bottom guide
E-No bottom orientation
No need to be equipped with Bottom guide rail, no need to groove on the floor,
no door bottom guide
F-Long clip
The door clip of the glass folding door is a long clip style
G-Short clip
The door patch of glass folding door is short patch style

287 288
Glass folding door KZD11 series
Schematic diagram of typical configuration types
Applicable maximum door weight 60Kg
One-way glass folding door

Sliding door function diagram


33
86~90
OW
TL

32.5

30
6
6
10~12
5 3 5
33

DH
OH
DW DW

18.5

10
45
10
Folding door Side hang Underground guidance
of wheel TL1 17.5

Functions&Characteristics
Product Model KZD11200 KZD11400
Suitable for multiple one-way or two-way Glass folding doors
Suitable for commercial and public areas
Open the foldable door to the side against the wall, and close the extendable Applicable door type 2 Sash one-way folding 4 Sash one-way folding
door as an indoor screen
Parallel curved concave design at the bottom of the hanging rail, no shaking Schematic diagram
during sliding, self-guided
Bottom guide rail keeps door sash stable in sliding and standing state
Pulley with high toughness, self-lubricating functions and mute vibration Two-way glass folding door
reduction OW

Horizontal guide wheels effectively prevent door leaves from falling off
TL

Height adjustable ± 3mm, horizontal adjustable ± 3mm, eliminating some site Configuration schematic
to lerance The standard configuration can only be opened and closed indoors.
When outdoor opening and closing is required, increase the casement Sash ① ③ ⑤ ⑦ 5 3 5 3 5

This series with Bottom guide rail


Glass needs opening hole
DW DW DW DW

Technical Parameters
Applicable maximum door weight 60Kg

Applicable door thickness 10~12 mm 11


TL1

Applicable door width 600~800mm


Product Model KZD11220 KZD11440
Applicable door height ≤2400mm

Applicable door type 4 Sash two-way folding 8 Sash two-way folding


Main materials and surface treatment
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) Schematic diagram
Bottom guide rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) ② ④ ⑥ ⑧
Fixed patch Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)、
304 stainless steel (natural color) Drilling diagram for one-way/ two-way folding glass door
Folding Hinge Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) Option DW DW
Folding hinge with wheel Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)、 Hanging rail(Necessary Accessories ) Model number KYN91004(See P285) 55 55 55 55
304 stainless steel (natural color)
Bottom guide rail Model number KYN92003
Glass door patch Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)、

30

30
Handle Model number KLS45001(See P235)
30 48 30 30
304 stainless steel (natural color)
Pulley Bearing GCr15 (natural color) + POM (white)
Accessories
Folding Door

Accessories
Folding Door
Accessory details

DH

DH
2 2 2 1 1 2

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

8-Ø
8-Ø

16
16
30 48 30 30

45

45
Folding hinge with
Upper fixed patch Bottom fixed patch Folding Hinge Folding hinge with latch Folding hinge with wheel bottom guide 55 55 55 55

Dimension definition Calculation formula


⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ 11 12

Doorway Height OH Door sash width DW DH=OH-48.5


Doorway width OW Rail length TL
TL=TL1=OW-5
Glass patch with Door sash height DH Bottom guide rail length TL1
Glass patch with wheel bottom guide Hanging rail Bottom guide rail Handle Handle

289 290
Glass folding door KZD21 series
Schematic diagram of typical configuration types
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
One-way glass folding door
56
Sliding door function diagram OW
49
49
TL 49

50

23
100
28
23
8 4 8
10/12

OH
GP
DH
65 65 37/39
DW DW

Folding door

28
Side hang No Bottom Orientation

100
12
of wheel

12
Functions&Characteristics
Suitable for multiple one-way or two-way Glass folding doors Product Model KZD21200 KZD21400
Suitable for commercial and public areas
Open the foldable door to the side against the wall, and close the Applicable door type 2 Sash one-way folding 4 Sash one-way folding
extendable door as an indoor screen
Good permeability and can bring excellent lighting effects Schematic diagram
Universal caster design, push and pull light, smooth and ultra quiet
Pulley with high toughness, self-lubricating functions and mute
vibration reduction
Hinge through-shaft design to prevent Hinges from falling off Two-way glass folding doors
Hinge parts are made of 304 stainless steel for improved robustness Configuration schematic
and corrosion resistance OW

Height adjustable ± 4mm, eliminating some site to lerance This


① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑨ ⑩
TL

series does not have a lower guide slot, so there is no need to make a
slot in the ground
No openings hole required for glass

23
8 4 8 4 8
65
65 65 65

13 14 DW DW DW DW

Technical Parameters

12
Swing sash
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
Applicable door thickness 10、12 mm Product Model KZD21220 KZD21420
Applicable door width 600~800mm
Applicable door height ≤2600mm Applicable door type 4 Sash two-way folding 6 Sash two-way folding
⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 11 12

Configuration instructions: Schematic diagram

Main materials and surface treatment


Swing sash is not included in the standard configuration. Swing sash accessories must
be ordered separately

Hanging rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)


Mounting 304 stainless steel (natural color) Accessory details
Dimension definition
Accessories
Folding Door

Accessories
Folding Door
Calculation formula
Glass door patch Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)
Item Product Name
Universal wheel assembly 304 stainless steel (natural color)
Item Product Name
GP=OH-229
Door sash height DH

Hinge Stainless steel(Spray paint, black) 1 Mounting 9 Swing sash upper patch Doorway height OH

Pulley Bearing GCr15 (natural color) + POM (white) 2 Middle Upper patch 10 Mounting
Door sash width DW
Glass door height GP
Universal wheel Bottom patch with
3 assembly 11
lock(swing sash)
Doorway width OW
Option 4 Connectting Hinge 12 Floor Hinge
Rail length TL

Hanging rail(Necessary Accessories ) Model number KYN91008


5 Upper patch 13 Handle
(See P285)
Stainless steel
Handle Model number KLS45001(See P235) 6 Bottom patch 14
handle(Big)
Floor Hinge Optional, order separately 7 Middle bottom patch 15 Hanging rail

8 Bottom patch with lock

291 292
Glass folding door KZD22 series
Schematic diagram of typical configuration types
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
One-way glass folding door

Sliding door function diagram 56


49
OW
49
TL 49

50

23
100
23

28
8 8
4 4
10~12

OH
65

GP
DH
37/39

Folding door Side hang No Bottom Orientation NW DW DW


of wheel

28
12

100
Functions&Characteristics

12
Suitable for multiple one-way or two-way Glass folding doors
Suitable for commercial and public areas
Open the foldable door to the side against the wall, and close the
extendable door as an indoor screen Product Model KZD22200 KZD2230L/R KZD2240L/R KZD2250L/R KZD2260L/R
Good permeability and can bring excellent lighting effects
2Sash one-way 3Sash one-way 4Sash one-way 5Sash one-way 6Sash one-way
Applicable door type
Universal caster design, push and pull light, smooth and ultra quiet
Pulley with high toughness, self-lubricating functions and mute vibration folding folding folding folding folding

Schematic diagram
reduction
Hinge through-shaft design to prevent Hinges from falling off Configuration schematic
Hinge parts are made of 304 stainless steel for improved robustness
and corrosion resistance ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑩ 11
Height adjustable ± 4mm, eliminating some site to lerance

Two-way glass folding doors


This series does not have a lower guide slot, so there is no need to
make a slot in the ground
No openings hole required for glass
OW
TL
15 14

Swing sash
Technical Parameters 8 8

23
4 8 4

Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg 65 65

Applicable door thickness 10、12 mm NW DW DW NW


Applicable door width 600~1000mm

12
Applicable door height ≤3000mm
⑦ ⑧ ⑨ 12 13

Configuration instructions:
Swing sash is not included in the standard configuration. Swing sash accessories

Main materials and surface treatment


must be ordered separately Product Model KZD22220 KZD22330 KZD22440 KZD22550 KZD22660
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) Accessory details 4Sash two-way 6Sash two-way 8Sash two-way 10Sash two-way 12Sash two-way
Applicable door type
Accessories
Folding Door

Accessories
Folding Door
Mounting 304 stainless steel (natural color) folding folding folding folding folding
Glass door patch Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) Item Product Name Item Product Name
Schematic diagram
Universal wheel assembly 304 stainless steel (natural color) 1 Mounting
9 Bottom patch with lock
Hinge Stainless steel(Spray paint, black)
Upper-Patch for
Pulley Bearing GCr15 (natural color) + POM (white)
2 Narrow door 10 Swing sash upper patch

3 Middle Upper-patch 11 Mounting Dimension definition Calculation formula


Bottom patch with GP=OH-229
Option 4 12
Connecting Hinge Doorway height OH Doorway width OW
lock(swing sash)
Hanging rail(Necessary Accessories ) Model number KYN91008 5
Door sash height DH Door sash width DW NW=DW/2+65
13
Universal wheel assembly
Floor Hinge Glass door height GP Narrow door sash width NW
(See P285) 6
14
Upper patch
Stainless steel handle(Big) Rail length TL
Handle Model number KLS45001(See P235) Bottom-Patch for
7 15 handle
Floor Hinge Optional, order separately Narrow Door

8 Middle bottom patch 16 Hanging rail

293 294
Glass folding door KZD24 series
Schematic diagram of typical configuration types
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
One-way glass folding door
49
Sliding door function diagram
OW
TL 60 120

50.5

61
15
10/12
8 4 4 4 8
48/50

GP
DH
90 90 90

Folding door Side hang of wheel Under-door guide


DW DW DW DW

18.5
Functions&Characteristics

12

61
Suitable for multiple one-way or two-way Glass folding doors
Suitable for commercial and public areas
TL1 17.5

Open the foldable door to the side against the wall, and close the extendable door as an
indoor screen
Parallel arc-shaped boss at the bottom of the hanging rail, which can be self-guided, self-
Product Model KZD24200 KZD2440L/R KZD2460L/R
cleaning and automatic compensation
Applicable door
Bottom guide rail keeps door sash stable in sliding and standing state 2Sash one-way folding 4Sash one-way folding 6Sash one-way folding
type
Pulley with high toughness, self-lubricating functions and mute vibration reduction
Hinge parts are made of 304 stainless steel for improved robustness and corrosion resistance Configuration schematic
Schematic diagram
Hinge through-shaft design to prevent Hinges from falling off
Height adjustable ± 4mm, horizontal adjustable ± 4mm, eliminating some site to lerance ② ③
The patch is a short patch style, standard size, installed on the left and right sides of the door ①
Two-way glass folding doors
sash.
The size of the decorative cover can be customized according to the width of the door sash, OW 49

or it can be cut by the customer TL

Glass needs opening hole

50.5

61
Technical Parameters

15
Applicable maximum door weight 80Kg
8 4 8 4 8
10/12

Applicable door thickness 10、12mm

OH
GP
DH
Applicable door width 600~900mm 12
DW DW DW DW
Applicable door height ≤2800mm

Main materials and surface treatment

18.5
12
11

61
Hanging rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)
Bottom guide rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)
⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ TL1 17.5

Hanging wheel assembly Stainless steel (natural color)


Hinge assembly Stainless steel (matt) Option Product Model KZD24220 KZD2442L/R
Glass door patchs Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) Hanging rail(Necessary Accessories ) Model number KYN91002(See P285)
Applicable door
Decorative cover Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) 4Sash two-way folding 6Sash two-way folding
Bottom guide rail Model number KYN92003 type
Lower guide assembly Stainless steel (natural color)
Model number KLS45001(See P235)
End cover assembly Stainless steel (matt)
Handle
Schematic diagram
Pulley Bearing GCr15 (natural color) + POM (white)
Accessories
Folding Door

Accessories
Folding Door
Accessory details
Dimension definition Calculation formula Opening Diagram of glass
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ Doorway height OH GP=OH-200
DW
88 88
Doorway width OW TL=OW-5
4

Door sash height DH TL1(one-way opening)=OW-170


Mounting Hanging wheel Hinge No hole door Bottom mounting Right/Left latch hole Bottom patch Left/Right lock hole Wide door sash width DW
TL1(two-way opening)=OW-340

16

Ø
assembly assembly assembly patch assembly decorative cover with latch decorative cover
Glass door height GP
Rail length TL
⑨ ⑩ 11 12 13 14 15
Bottom guide rail length TL1

GP
16
Bottom patch No hole decorative Bottom guide End cover Hanging rail
with lock cover assembly Bottom guide rail Handle
assembly 88 88

295 296
Wooden folding doors KZD51 series
Schematic diagram of typical configuration types
Applicable maximum door weight 75Kg
One-way wooden folding door
116 116

Sliding door function diagram 51 Increased corporate 136 136


structure
OW
TL 18 18

50

10
10
15
9
8 3 3 3 8

OH
DH
40~50

9
DW+10mm DW DW DW+10mm
Folding door Side-placed Underground guidance

10
10
Hanging wheel

12
Functions&Characteristics

18
TL1 19.5

Suitable for multiple one-way or two-way wooden folding doors


Suitable for commercial and public areas
Eccentric structure design, suitable for door frame structures with and
Configuration schematic ③
without notches
Open the foldable door to the side against the wall, and close the ② Product Model KZD5120 L/R KZD5130L/R KZD5140L/R KZD5150L/R KZD5160L/R
extendable door as
an indoor screen ①
Parallel arc-shaped boss at the bottom of the hanging rail, which can be Applicable door type 2Sash one-way folding 3Sash one-way folding 4Sash one-way folding 5Sash one-way folding 6Sash one-way folding
self-guided,
self-cleaning and automatic compensation

Bottom guide rail keeps door sash stable in sliding and standing state ⑦ Schematic diagram
Pulley with high toughness, self-lubricating functions and mute vibration
reduction
Horizontal guide wheels effectively prevent door leaves from falling off
Hinge through-shaft design to prevent Hinges from falling off two-way wooden folding doors
The main parts are made of 304 stainless steel, which improves the
robustness and ⑥ 51 Increased corporate structure
corrosion resistance

OW

Height adjustable ± 4mm, horizontal adjustable ± 4mm, eliminating


TL

some site to lerance

50

Technical Parameters Swing sash

10
10
9

15
8 3 8 3 8
Applicable maximum door weight 75Kg

OH
DH
40~50
Applicable door thickness 40-50mm
Configuration intructions:
9
Applicable door width 600~900mm
DW DW DW DW

1.Swing sash is not included in the standard configuration. Swing sash accessories must

10
10
Applicable door height ≤3300mm

12
be ordered separately.
2.Door height ≤ 2400mm, order according to the standard configuration product

18
19.5
TL1
model.
Main materials and surface treatment 3.Door height > 2400mm, add a hinge in the middle of the door sash (model
Main parts 304 stainless steel (natural color) KZD5120L-03, order separately).
Hinge 304 stainless steel (matt) 4. Number of hinges = Number of one-way folding sash -1.

Hanging Rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) Option


Product Model KZD51220 KZD51330 KZD51440 KZD51550 KZD51660
Bottom guide rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) Hanging rail(Necessary Accessories )Model number KYN91002(See P285)
Applicable door type 4Sash two-way folding 6Sash two-way folding 8Sash two-way folding 10Sash two-way folding 12Sash two-way folding
Latch 304 (matt) zinc alloy (nickel plated)
Bottom guide rail Model number KYN92002
Pulley Bearing GCr15 (natural color) + POM (white)
Concealed Handle Model number KLS93505 (See P235) Schematic diagram
Accessories
Folding Door

Accessories
Folding Door
Accessory details
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
Dimension definition Calculation formula

Door sash height DH DH=OH-77


Doorway height OH
End hanging
TL=TL1=OW-5
Central hanging Middle guiding End guiding
Mounting assembly wheel assembly wheel assembly Base assembly assembly
Door sash width DW
assembly

⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ 11 Doorway width OW
Rail length TL
Bottom guide rail length TL1

Hinge Concealed Handle Hanging Rail Bottom guide rail Latch

297 298
Noun definition

1
2

10
3

Movable partition system 1-Hanging rail components


Use with hanging wheel to guide the running direction of movable sash
2-Limit fittings Limit pieces are accessories for limiting the travel of sliding doors,
without positioning function
3-Hanging wheel assembly
Mobile sash running and load-bearing components, usually composed
of pulleys, bodies, connectors or galss patchs
4-Bottom guide rail
Used to reduce the swing of the movable sash during operation
5-Vertical storage (H type)
The rear door of the movable sash is vertical to the hanging rail.
6-Parallel storage (F type)
The rear door of the movable sash is parallel to the hanging rail.
7-Storage area
Active sash stacking area

Movable partition
299 300
Glass movable partition system KHD11/12 series Schematic diagram of typical configuration types
Applicable maximum door weight 125Kg
OW
55

Technical Parameters
TL

Dimension definition
Suitable for unidirectional or bidirectional storage of wooden movable partitions
Doorway height OH

60
Suitable for commercial and public areas
Choose the corresponding vertical or parallel storage form according to the site environment
Doorway width OW

15
Each door can slide independently to meet multiple conditions of application Door sash width DW

72
The hanging rail adopts the guidance and load separation and curved corner design, so that 50 4 4 5 Door sash height DH
the DW DW DW 10/12 Glass door height GP
complex movable sash can slide easily

OH
Hanging rail length TL
Configure the bottom guide rail to keep the door sash stable in sliding and standing state

GP
DH
Bottom guide rail length TL1
No bottom guide rail, beautiful floor, easy to clean
Pulley with high tenacity, elasticity, self-lubricating functions and mutec vibration reduction
Unilateral hanging wheel can make the movable sash automatically smooth corner
Calculation formula

18.5
72
The door sash connecting component is concealed design, the overall appearance is
beautiful, the

10
installation is convenient, and the adjustment is convenient 17.5 DH = OH - 85
without bottom GP = OH - 230
TL1
Choose to configure the casement sash according to the needs of the use scenario and with bottom
indoor layout guide rail guide rail TL is depended on the
actual situation

Technical Parameters Main materials and surface treatment H type without bottom guide rail configuration H type with bottom guide rail configuration
Applicable door weight 125Kg Pulley Bearing GCr15 (natural color) + POM (white)
Door Door
Applicable door thickness 10/12 mm Hanging wheel body 304 stainless steel (natural color) Model sash Diagram Model sash Diagram
Applicable door height ≤2500mm(without bottom guide rail) quantity quantity
Glass patch Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)
>2500mm(with bottom guide rail) 3 3
Applicable door width 600-1200mm
Positioning parts 304 stainless steel (natural color) A B C KHD1130H sash A B C
D E F KHD1230H sash D E F

Hanging rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white)


4 4
Bottom guide rail Aluminum alloy (anodized, silver white) KHD1140H sash A B B C KHD1240H sash D E E F

Configuration schematic 5 5
KHD1150H sash A B B B C KHD1250H sash D E E E F

6 6
KHD1160H sash A B B B B C KHD1260H sash D E E E E F

Vertical storage with Parallel storage with


casement sash casement sash F type without bottom guide rail configuration Movable partition swing sash accessories KHD96001
Upper shaft
swing sash swing sash assembly
Door
Model sash Diagram
quantity Upper patch

3
A B C KHD1130F sash A B C Handle

Vertical storage Parallel storage 4


KHD1140F sash A B B C

5 Bottom patch
Accessory details KHD1150F sash A B B B C
with lock

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 6
KHD1160F sash A B B B B C Bottom shaft
Movable partition

Movable partition
Configuration intructions:
1.Swing sash is not included in the standard configuration. When you need Accessory Upper shaft Bottom patch
Hanging wheel Upper patch Upper patch Bottom shaft
the swing sash accessories KHD96001 must be ordered separately. name assembly with lock
assembly Upper patch Bottom patch Middle bottom patch Bottom patch with lock (swing sash)
2.Swing sash accessories includes upper shaft assembly, upper patch, bottom
Diagram
⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ 11 patch with lock, and bottom shaft each.
3.The swing sash must be equipped with a handle. The handle must be
ordered separately, only KLS454 (see P225)applicable.
4. Swing sash must be equipped with door stopper. Door stopper must be
Bottom patch with lock Bottom guide rail Door stopper Hanging rail assembly Hanging rail assembly ordered separately. Recommended models SMX12215.
(swing sash) (KYN92003) (only for swing sash) (KHD91001) (KHD91003)

301 302
11
Or

Electric Plug Lock


Magnetic lock
Power Controller
(Indoors)
Top pivot seat

Or Peaking shaft

Pivot Bottom Seat

Smart door control system Integration Access


Control Machine
Outdoor

Switch(indoor)
Handle

Center Pivoted Arm

Floor Hinge

control system
Smart door
303 304
Magnetic lock series Electric Plug Lock series
Technical parameter
Technical parameter
Applicable door type: wooden door, metal door, frameless glass door (additional support is required) and other door types
Applicable door type: wooden door, metal door, frameless glass door (additional support is required) and other door types
Open Mode: one-way flat opening
Open Mode: two-way flat opening
Surface Treatment: Anodic oxidation
Surface Treatment: ANODIC oxidation
Features: With ultra-low temperature, power-saving design Features: With ultra-low temperature, power-saving design
Pure copper coil Pure copper coil
Special soft magnetic material Special soft magnetic material
Functional stability Functional stability

Installation Diagram
Indoors
�]�\�d�R�_�$
ON

DOOR
OPEN
�a�V�Z�R�_�$ FAIL
12VDC PUSH SAFE FAIL
15
0.5A BUTTON LOCK SECURE

Installation Diagram
+ - PB NC COM NO

0 30
SECOND

Indoors
POWER�$�\
N

DOOR
TIMER�$ OPEN FAIL
12VDC PUSH SAFE FAIL
15
0.5A BUTTON LOCK SECURE

+ - PB NC COM NO

0 30
SECOND

Indoors
�]�\�d�R�_�$
ON

DOOR
OPEN
�a�V�Z�R�_�$ FAIL
12VDC PUSH SAFE FAIL
15
0.5A BUTTON LOCK SECURE

+ - PB NC COM NO

�]�\�d�R�_�$
ON 0 30
SECOND
DOOR
OPEN
�a�V�Z�R�_�$ FAIL
12VDC PUSH SAFE FAIL
15
0.5A BUTTON LOCK SECURE

Indoors Fixed glass


+ - PB NC COM NO

0 30
SECOND

Door frame Electric Plug Lock


Electric Plug Lock
Door frame

8
Door Fan Induction Plate
Magnetic lock
Trestle
Suction Plate Magnetic lock Trestle
Door Fan Glass door
DOOR
DOOR
EXIT
DOOR EXIT

EXIT
Suction Indoors Indoors
Outside Outside
Indoors Plate
DOOR

EXIT

Outdoor Glass door


Indoors Outdoor

Profile door Glass door

Technical parameter
KDS10010 Single door magnetic lock Technical parameter KDC10010 Electric Plug Lock
Previous Code CS181
Cut The power, unlock
Security type
Suction Force 140Kg(310Lbs) Previous Code DCS101 the door
Input Voltage /
DC12V/100mA
operating current
Cut The power, unlock
Security type
the door
Input Voltage / DC12V/300mA Starting current 900mA
DC24V/150mA
operating current 137 31
Lock status output --
--
Delay Lock
Lock status output
--

3
42
21
Voltage error range ±15%
LEDPower indication --
25

16
41.5

LEDIndication --
Voltage error range ±15%
-25℃~55℃
170
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity No more than 85% Ambient temperature -25℃~55℃

Applicable door Relative humidity No more than85%


≤45mm
thickness
Applicable bracket KDF11010/KDF11020
Applicable bracket KDF10010/KDF10040

KDC10030 Electric Plug Lock


KDS12010 Double Door magnetic lock Technical parameter Technical parameter
Previous Code DCS201
Previous Code CS182 140Kg*2(310Lbs*2)
Cut The power, unlock
Suction Force Security type
the door
Cut The power, unlock Input Voltage / operating DC12V/150mA
the door
Security type
current DC24V/90mA
Input Voltage / operating DC12V/300mA Starting current 900mA/700mA
current DC24V/150mA
--
--
Lock status output
Lock status output
±15%
21
Voltage error range 137 29 Delay Lock √

-- LEDPower indication --
41.5

LEDIndication

3
41
-25℃~55℃ ±15%
control system
Smart door

control system
Smart door
Ambient temperature 25 Voltage error range

16
340 Ø16
Relative humidity No more than 85% Ambient temperature -25℃~55℃
Applicable door
≤45mm Relative humidity No more than85%
thickness
Applicable bracket KDF10010/KDF10040 Applicable bracket KDF11010/KDF11020

305 306
Electromagnetic door suction series Access control panel series
Technical parameter
Applicable door types: wooden doors, metal doors, frameless glass doors, etc. KDM22020 Access control panel
Opening method: keep the door normally open
Surface treatment: chrome plated suction cup Technical parameter
Features: ultra-low temperature, power saving design
User capacity 1000 Input Voltage DC12V
Pure copper coil, special soft magnetic material, stable function
Contour dimension 138*75*25 Operating
Professional anti-residual magnetism design, with manual release button -20~55℃
temperature
Pass the EU CE certification Swipe the card.
Open the door

Main material of Shell plastic
Installation Diagram The code. Open the
√(Touch button)
door Card reader type IC Optional
Card + Password
Code KDX2001A KDX2002A Color Black+gold
Open

KDM31010 Access control panel


Drawing of suction plate Technical parameter
installation
Card capacity 1000 cards Input Voltage DC12V
Fingerprint capacity 1000 fingerprints Operating
-20~55℃
temperature
Contour dimension 180*77*26
Main material of Shell plastic
Swipe the card. Open
Note: KDX10 series main body can be installed on wall and floor, KDX20 series is only suitable for floor installation the door Language Chinese-English

The code. Open the


√Mechanical buttons Card reader type
door
KDX2001A
IC Optional
Electromagnetic Gate Suction Technical parameter Fingerprint opening √ Color Black

Security type Power cut release


DC12V/150mA
Note: This system does not provide IC card, which should be bought additionally.
Input Voltage /
operating current DC24V/80mA

Suction Force 40Kg(88Lbs) If door bell is needed, it will be purchased by the customer.
No network access function.
Manual release √

LED indication √

Voltage error range ±15%

Ambient temperature -25℃~55℃

IC Card
Relative humidity No more than85%

Body size 110*80*90


Wooden doors, framed
doors
Applicable Gate

KDM12010-02 IC Card
Applicable door
≥20mm
thickness

KDX2002A Electromagnetic Gate Suction Technical parameter Technical parameter


Security type Power cut release
Input Voltage / DC12V/150mA
Main material PVC
operating current DC24V/80mA Operating Frequency 13.56MHz
Suction Force 40Kg(88Lbs) Read-write distance 0-10cm
Manual release √
Data Storage 10Year
LEDindication √
Ambient temperature -20℃~+50℃
Voltage error range ±15% Contour dimension 86*54*1mm
Ambient temperature -25℃~55℃

No more than85%
control system
Smart door

control system
Smart door
Relative humidity
Body size 110*80*90

Applicable Gate Frameless glass door

Suitable glass
12~15mm,19mm
thickness

307 308
Door access control machine series
KDF11010 Trestle
Previous Code ZJ01

Technical parameter
Installation Diagram Contour dimension 210*59*45
Suitable Electric Plug
KDC10010/KDC10030
Lock
Door frame
Trestle Door frame
Fixed glass Door frame
Electric Plug Lock Magnetic lock Glass thickness 10~15mm

Applicable Gate Frameless glass door fan and top fixed glass
Electric Plug Lock Magnetic lock Trestle
Mounting position Electric Lock Body
Suction Plate
Trestle

Trestle Door Fan Suction Plate

Glass door Glass door


Glass door

KDF11020 Trestle
Previous Code ZJ02

Technical parameter

Contour dimension 210*59*45


Suitable Electric Plug
KDF10010 Trestle
KDC10010/KDC10020/KDC10030
Lock
Glass thickness 10~15mm
Previous Code ZJ22
Technical parameter Applicable Gate Frameless glass door fan and top fixed glass
Mounting position Electric plug-lock Induction Board
Contour dimension 130*41*28
Applicable magnetic
KDS10010/KDS12010
lock
Glass thickness 10~<15mm
Applicable Gate Frameless Glass Door
Mounting position Magnetic latching plate

KDF11030 Trestle
Previous Code ZJ04
KDF10040 Trestle
Previous Code ZJ12
Technical parameter
Technical parameter
Contour dimension 170*25*40
Applicable magnetic
KDS10010/KDS12010 94*49*38
lock
Contour dimension

Glass thickness -- Suitable Electric Plug Lock KDC10010/KDC10030

Wooden Doors, metal doors, framed glass Glass thickness 10~15mm


Applicable Gate
control system
Smart door

control system
Smart door
doors Applicable Gate Frameless glass door
Mounting position Magnetic lock Electric plug-lock Induction Board
Mounting position

309 310
Auxiliary Accessory series Switch series

KDF20010 Power Controller KDK10020 Switch


Previous Code PCS01

Technical parameter Technical parameter


Boundary dimension 180*80*63
Contour dimension 86*86*34
Input Voltage AC200~240V/50Hz
Contact Resistance:DC
Output Power DC3~18V/3A Electrical parameter
36V/3A
Access Control
√ Selected material PVC
Connectes Point
Electric Lock Contact Selection NO/COM

Connected Point
Button Connected

Point
Delay Function 0~30s
Output short-circuit

protection
Battery Storage
--
Function

Note: a power controller can be connected to 6 magnet doors


or 2 electric locks

KDF20020 Power Controller

Technical parameter
Contour dimension 129*110*45
AC100V-240V
Input Voltage
50/60Hz
Output Voltage /
DC13.5V/3A
current
Access contact √
Electric lock contact √
Button contact √
Delay Function 0~30s
Output Short circuit

protection
Electric storage √
function
Battery Specification 12V lead acid battery
control system
Smart door

control system
Smart door
Note: With Battery Interface, no battery is provided

311 312
Typical Projects Typical Projects
Residential Airport
China Resources City Qingdao Dalian Zhongxin Fengyue City
Hong Kong Airport Jinzhou Bay International Airport
Sanya Bay New Town Wuhan Contemporary City of Nations
Pudong International Airport Nanning Wusong International Airport
Shanghai Beshang Bay Garden Shenzhen Huashengfeng Hui Tea Palace
Wuhan Tianhe Airport Sanya Phoenix International Airport
Xiangxie Mountain, Sanya Ningbo Linhai Tianjun Residence
Hengyang Nanyue Airport Guiyang Longdongbao International Airport
Beautiful Green Lake in Xiamen Xiamen Special House Yinxi Villa
Jiangbei International Airport Haikou Meilan International Airport
Suzhou Xingcui Lanting Shenzhen Linghong Health Home
Malabo International Airport Hanoi Airport
Chengdu China Resources Yunting Dongguan Golden Mid-Levels Garden
Shanghai Hongqiao International Airport Korla Airport
Lanzhou Yida Tiandi Shanghai Fengxian Nanqiao New Town
Xiamen Gaoqi International Airport Liberia Airport
Yunzhu Garden, Guangzhou Hangzhou Poly Central Mansion
Zhengzhou Xinzheng International Airport Philippines Manila Airport
Haikou beautiful coast Xiongan Citizen Service Center
Ningbo Lishe International Airport Togo Lome International Airport
Boao Coral Bay, Haikou One Tiantai Academy, Qingdao
Xiangyang Airport Jordan Queen Alia Airport
Sanya Bay beautiful five areas Ningbo Social Welfare Center
Baoan International Airport Zambia Lusaka International Airport
Qingdao Qingtie China Resources City Haikou Blue Bay town Lily Garden
Xinjiang Hotan Airport Samoa Faleolo International Airport
Beijing Sub-center Chengdu Chinese Business Financial Center
Liuzhou Bailian Airport Nigeria Abuja International Airport
Zhongshan Ocean New World Haikou New World Tourist Holiday Center
Tongren Phoenix Airport
Xinxiang Huiyi Yue Residence Zhangjiakou Miyuan Prince Skiing town
Nanning Yunjingshan Language City

Hotel Dunhuang International Hotel Four Seasons Hotel in Kuala Lumpur Office Building
Nanning Qianjing Hotel Haikou Hilton Hotel
Harbin Wanda Hotel Dali Hilton Hotel
Beijing Modern Office Building Beijing Government Service Center Office Building
Zhuhai Manhattan Hotel Dali International Hotel
Yancheng City Office Building Pudong Development Bank Qingdao Office Building
Dongguan Hilton Hotel Hengda Pearl River New City Hotel
State Post Office Building Guangxi Water Conservancy and Electric Power Business
Guangzhou Poly Intercontinental Hotel Crowne Plaza Thousand Island Lake
Guangdong Yanjing Beer Office Building Office Building
Guangzhou Changlong Xiangjiang Hotel Moroccan Hotel
Dongguan First International Office Building Jiangsu Jiangnan Industrial Group Office Building
China Yucheng Five-star Hotel Myanmar Jinding Hotel
Chengdu LH Group Office Building Chengdu Dayuan International Center Office Building
Hangzhou Victoria Hotel Qiandao Lake New World Hotel
Zhengzhou Shenzhen Airlines Business Office Building Guangya Aluminum Industry Office Building
Hefei Wanda Wenhua Hotel Qatar Five-star Hotels
Xi'an Scenic Royal Garden Office Building Qihoo 360 office building
Beijing Fengtai Marriott Hotel Shanghai Xianglun Garden Hotel
Wanli Shangtai Research Office Building Microsoft Suzhou Branch Office Building
Hyatt Regency Shanghai Global Harbor Urumqi Wenhua Hotel
Zhangjiagang United Front Office Ruiyuan - Mingjia International Office Building
Hefei China Railway Hotel Harbin Shangri-La Hotel
Shaoxing Country Garden Office Building Kunshan City Procuratorate Office Office
Qingdao Hilton Hotel Hainan Shangri-La Hotel
Tencent Chengdu Technology Office Building Chengdu Huaxi Securities Headquarters Office Building
Chengdu Hilton Hotel Sanya Atlantis Hotel
Shimao Riverside Headquarters Office Building Taiyuan Intermediate People's Court Office Building
Suzhou Xiangyi Hotel Sanmenxia Swan International Hotel
Hebei Provincial People's Government Office Building Agricultural Bank Suzhou Branch Office Building
Fuzhou Mindu Hotel Qinhuangdao Shangri-La Hotel
Ivorian Ministry of Foreign Affairs Office Building Peking University Nanning Affiliated School Office Building
Nanning Courtyard Hotel

Metro/ High-Speed Rail Large-scale Public Building Project


Beijing Water Cube Southern University of Science and Technology Gymnasium
Tianjin Stadium Guangzhou International Sports Performance Center
Beijing Metro Zunyi High-speed Railway Daqing High-speed Railway Jiading Stadium Kunming Dianchi International Convention and Exhibition Center
Shanghai Metro Kaifeng High-speed Railway Yungui High-speed Railway Guangzhou Asian Games City China Exhibition and Convention Center (Shanghai)
Guangzhou Metro Chongqing High-speed Railway Station Guangzhou Science City Xixia Museum
Futian subway Guangxi High-speed Railway Wuzhou High-speed Railway Shanxi Grand Theatre Datong Museum
Chengdu Metro Suzhou High-speed Railway Handan High-speed Railway International Exhibition Center Senegal Museum
Xiamen Metro Hefei High-speed Railway Kunshan High-speed Railway China Port Museum Xiamen International Convention and Exhibition Center
Wuhan Metro Wuhu High-speed Railway Zhengzhou High-speed Railway China Silk Museum Ordos Sports Center
Xi 'an Metro Huangshan High-speed Railway Emei High-speed Railway National South China Sea Museum Xilin Gol International Convention and Exhibition Center
Ningbo Metro Guiyang High-speed Railway Foshan High-speed Railway Changsha International Convention and Exhibition Center Yunqi Town International Convention and Exhibition Center
Hangzhou Metro Nanjing High-speed Railway Harbin High-speed Railway Xinjiang International Convention and Exhibition Center Wuzhen Internet International Convention and Exhibition Center
Hohhot High-speed Railway Nanjing Youth Olympic Sports Park Nanjing Museum Dunhuang Silk Road
Shenyang International Exhibition Center Strait Intangible Cultural Heritage Ecological Park
Shenyang New World Convention and Exhibition Center

313 314

You might also like